❧

Surah 005 of 114

سورة المائدة

Al-Maaida

120 verses · tap any ayah to deep-dive

Ayat 1

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ أَوْفُوا۟ بِٱلْعُقُودِ ۚ أُحِلَّتْ لَكُم بَهِيمَةُ ٱلْأَنْعَٰمِ إِلَّا مَا يُتْلَىٰ عَلَيْكُمْ غَيْرَ مُحِلِّى ٱلصَّيْدِ وَأَنتُمْ حُرُمٌ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَحْكُمُ مَا يُرِيدُ.(1)

O you who have believed, fulfill [all] contracts.1 Lawful for you are the animals of grazing livestock except for that which is recited to you [in this Qur’ān] - hunting not being permitted while you are in the state of iḥrām.2 Indeed, Allāh ordains what He intends. [Al-Maaida: 1]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 1

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, fulfill [all] contracts.1 Lawful for you are the animals of grazing livestock except for that which is recited to you [in this Qur’ān] - hunting not being permitted while you are in the state of iḥrām.2 Indeed, Allāh ordains what He intends.

Transliteration

Ayah 1

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo awfoo bialAAuqoodi ohillat lakum baheematu alanAAami illa ma yutla AAalaykum ghayra muhillee alssaydi waantum hurumun inna Allaha yahkumu ma yureedu

Word-by-word

Ayah 1

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena you (who) —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 أَوْفُواْ awfoo Fulfil و ف ي
5 بِالْعُقُودِ bialAAuqoodi the contracts ع ق د
6 أُحِلَّتْ ohillat Are made lawful ح ل ل
7 لَكُم lakum for you —
8 بَهِيمَةُ baheematu the quadruped ب ه م
9 الْأَنْعَامِ alanAAami (of) the grazing livestock ن ع م
10 إِلَّا illa except —
11 مَا ma what —
12 يُتْلَىٰ yutla is recited ت ل و
13 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum on you —
14 غَيْرَ ghayra not غ ي ر
15 مُحِلِّى muhillee being permitted ح ل ل
16 الصَّيْدِ alssaydi (to) hunt ص ي د
17 وَأَنتُمْ waantum while you —
18 حُرُمٌ hurumun (are in) Ihram ح ر م
19 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
20 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
21 يَحْكُمُ yahkumu decrees ح ك م
22 مَا ma what —
23 يُرِيدُ yureedu He wills ر و د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 2

يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تُحِلُّوا۟ شَعَـٰٓئِرَ ٱللَّـهِ وَلَا ٱلشَّهْرَ ٱلْحَرَامَ وَلَا ٱلْهَدْىَ وَلَا ٱلْقَلَـٰٓئِدَ وَلَآ ءَآمِّينَ ٱلْبَيْتَ ٱلْحَرَامَ يَبْتَغُونَ فَضْلًا مِّن رَّبِّهِمْ وَرِضْوَٰنًا ۚ وَإِذَا حَلَلْتُمْ فَٱصْطَادُوا۟ ۚ وَلَا يَجْرِمَنَّكُمْ شَنَـَٔانُ قَوْمٍ أَن صَدُّوكُمْ عَنِ ٱلْمَسْجِدِ ٱلْحَرَامِ أَن تَعْتَدُوا۟ ۘ وَتَعَاوَنُوا۟ عَلَى ٱلْبِرِّ وَٱلتَّقْوَىٰ ۖ وَلَا تَعَاوَنُوا۟ عَلَى ٱلْإِثْمِ وَٱلْعُدْوَٰنِ ۚ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّـهَ ۖ إِنَّ ٱللَّـهَ شَدِيدُ ٱلْعِقَابِ(2)

O you who have believed, do not violate the rites of Allāh or [the sanctity of] the sacred month or [neglect the marking of] the sacrificial animals and garlanding [them] or [violate the safety of] those coming to the Sacred House seeking bounty from their Lord and [His] approval. But when you come out of iḥrām, then [you may] hunt. And do not let the hatred of a people for having obstructed you from al-Masjid al-Ḥarām lead you to transgress. And cooperate in righteousness and piety, but do not cooperate in sin and aggression. And fear Allāh; indeed, Allāh is severe in penalty. [Al-Maaida: 2]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 2

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, do not violate the rites of Allāh or [the sanctity of] the sacred month or [neglect the marking of] the sacrificial animals and garlanding [them] or [violate the safety of] those coming to the Sacred House seeking bounty from their Lord and [His] approval. But when you come out of iḥrām, then [you may] hunt. And do not let the hatred of a people for having obstructed you from al-Masjid al-Ḥarām lead you to transgress. And cooperate in righteousness and piety, but do not cooperate in sin and aggression. And fear Allāh; indeed, Allāh is severe in penalty.

Transliteration

Ayah 2

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo la tuhilloo shaAAaira Allahi wala alshshahra alharama wala alhadya wala alqalaida wala ammeena albayta alharama yabtaghoona fadlan min rabbihim waridwanan waitha halaltum faistadoo wala yajrimannakum shanaanu qawmin an saddookum AAani almasjidi alharami an taAAtadoo wataAAawanoo AAala albirri waalttaqwa wala taAAawanoo AAala alithmi waalAAudwani waittaqoo Allaha inna Allaha shadeedu alAAiqabi

Word-by-word

Ayah 2

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena you (who) —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 لَا la (Do) not —
5 تُحِلُّواْ tuhilloo violate ح ل ل
6 شَعَآئِرَ shaAAaira (the) rites ش ع ر
7 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
8 وَلَا wala and not —
9 الشَّهْرَ alshshahra the month ش ه ر
10 الْحَرَامَ alharama the sacred ح ر م
11 وَلَا wala and not —
12 الْهَدْىَ alhadya the sacrificial animals ه د ي
13 وَلَا wala and not —
14 الْقَلآئِدَ alqalaida the garlanded ق ل د
15 وَلَآ wala and not —
16 آمِّينَ ammeena (those) coming أ م م
17 الْبَيْتَ albayta (to) the House ب ي ت
18 الْحَرَامَ alharama the Sacred ح ر م
19 يَبْتَغُونَ yabtaghoona seeking ب غ ي
20 فَضْلًا fadlan Bounty ف ض ل
21 مِّن min of —
22 رَّبِّهِمْ rabbihim their Lord ر ب ب
23 وَرِضْوَانًا waridwanan and good pleasure ر ض و
24 وَإِذَا waitha And when —
25 حَلَلْتُمْ halaltum you come out of Ihram ح ل ل
26 فَاصْطَادُواْ faistadoo then (you may) hunt ص ي د
27 وَلَا wala And let not —
28 يَجْرِمَنَّكُمْ yajrimannakum incite you ج ر م
29 شَنَـَٔانُ shanaanu (the) hatred ش ن أ
30 قَوْمٍ qawmin (for) a people ق و م
31 أَن an as —
32 صَدُّوكُمْ saddookum they stopped you ص د د
33 عَنِ AAani from —
34 الْمَسْجِدِ almasjidi Al-Masjid س ج د
35 الْحَرَامِ alharami Al-Haraam ح ر م
36 أَن an that —
37 تَعْتَدُوٓاْ taAAtadoo you commit transgression ع د و
38 وَتَعَاوَنُواْ wataAAawanoo And help one another ع و ن
39 عَلَى AAala in —
40 الْبِرِّ albirri [the] righteousness ب ر ر
41 وَالتَّقْوَىٰ waalttaqwa and [the] piety و ق ي
42 وَلَا wala but (do) not —
43 تَعَاوَنُواْ taAAawanoo help one another ع و ن
44 عَلَى AAala in —
45 الْإِثْمِ alithmi [the] sin أ ث م
46 وَالْعُدْوَانِ waalAAudwani and [the] transgression ع د و
47 وَاتَّقُواْ waittaqoo And fear و ق ي
48 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
49 إِنَّ inna indeed —
50 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
51 شَدِيدُ shadeedu (is) severe ش د د
52 الْعِقَابِ alAAiqabi (in) [the] punishment ع ق ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 3

حُرِّمَتْ عَلَيْكُمُ ٱلْمَيْتَةُ وَٱلدَّمُ وَلَحْمُ ٱلْخِنزِيرِ وَمَآ أُهِلَّ لِغَيْرِ ٱللَّهِ بِهِۦ وَٱلْمُنْخَنِقَةُ وَٱلْمَوْقُوذَةُ وَٱلْمُتَرَدِّيَةُ وَٱلنَّطِيحَةُ وَمَآ أَكَلَ ٱلسَّبُعُ إِلَّا مَا ذَكَّيْتُمْ وَمَا ذُبِحَ عَلَى ٱلنُّصُبِ وَأَن تَسْتَقْسِمُوا۟ بِٱلْأَزْلَٰمِ ۚ ذَٰلِكُمْ فِسْقٌ ۗ ٱلْيَوْمَ يَئِسَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِن دِينِكُمْ فَلَا تَخْشَوْهُمْ وَٱخْشَوْنِ ۚ ٱلْيَوْمَ أَكْمَلْتُ لَكُمْ دِينَكُمْ وَأَتْمَمْتُ عَلَيْكُمْ نِعْمَتِى وَرَضِيتُ لَكُمُ ٱلْإِسْلَٰمَ دِينًۭا ۚ فَمَنِ ٱضْطُرَّ فِى مَخْمَصَةٍ غَيْرَ مُتَجَانِفٍۢ لِّإِثْمٍۢ ۙ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌۭ رَّحِيمٌۭ.(3)

Prohibited to you are dead animals,1 blood, the flesh of swine, and that which has been dedicated to other than Allāh, and [those animals] killed by strangling or by a violent blow or by a head-long fall or by the goring of horns, and those from which a wild animal has eaten, except what you [are able to] slaughter [before its death], and those which are sacrificed on stone altars,2 and [prohibited is] that you seek decision through divining arrows. That is grave disobedience. This day those who disbelieve have despaired of [defeating] your religion; so fear them not, but fear Me. This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islām as religion. But whoever is forced by severe hunger with no inclination to sin - then indeed, Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful. [Al-Maaida: 3]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 3

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Prohibited to you are dead animals,1 blood, the flesh of swine, and that which has been dedicated to other than Allāh, and [those animals] killed by strangling or by a violent blow or by a head-long fall or by the goring of horns, and those from which a wild animal has eaten, except what you [are able to] slaughter [before its death], and those which are sacrificed on stone altars,2 and [prohibited is] that you seek decision through divining arrows. That is grave disobedience. This day those who disbelieve have despaired of [defeating] your religion; so fear them not, but fear Me. This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islām as religion. But whoever is forced by severe hunger with no inclination to sin - then indeed, Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 3

Hurrimat AAalaykumu almaytatu waalddamu walahmu alkhinzeeri wama ohilla lighayri Allahi bihi waalmunkhaniqatu waalmawqoothatu waalmutaraddiyatu waalnnateehatu wama akala alssabuAAu illa ma thakkaytum wama thubiha AAala alnnusubi waan tastaqsimoo bialazlami thalikum fisqun alyawma yaisa allatheena kafaroo min deenikum fala takhshawhum waikhshawni alyawma akmaltu lakum deenakum waatmamtu AAalaykum niAAmatee waradeetu lakumu alislama deenan famani idturra fee makhmasatin ghayra mutajanifin liithmin fainna Allaha ghafoorun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 3

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 حُرِّمَتْ Hurrimat Are made unlawful ح ر م
2 عَلَيْكُمُ AAalaykumu on you —
3 الْمَيْتَةُ almaytatu the dead animals م و ت
4 وَالْدَّمُ waalddamu and the blood د م و
5 وَلَحْمُ walahmu and flesh ل ح م
6 الْخِنْزِيرِ alkhinzeeri (of) the swine خ ن ز ر
7 وَمَآ wama and what —
8 أُهِلَّ ohilla has been dedicated ه ل ل
9 لِغَيْرِ lighayri to other than غ ي ر
10 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
11 بِهِۦ bihi [on it] —
12 وَالْمُنْخَنِقَةُ waalmunkhaniqatu and that which is strangled (to death) خ ن ق
13 وَالْمَوْقُوذَةُ waalmawqoothatu and that which is hit fatally و ق ذ
14 وَالْمُتَرَدِّيَةُ waalmutaraddiyatu and that which has a fatal fall ر د ي
15 وَالنَّطِيحَةُ waalnnateehatu and that which is gored by horns ن ط ح
16 وَمَآ wama and that which —
17 أَكَلَ akala ate (it) أ ك ل
18 السَّبُعُ alssabuAAu the wild animal س ب ع
19 إِلَّا illa except —
20 مَا ma what —
21 ذَكَّيْتُمْ thakkaytum you slaughtered ذ ك و
22 وَمَا wama and what —
23 ذُبِحَ thubiha is sacrificed ذ ب ح
24 عَلَى AAala on —
25 النُّصُبِ alnnusubi the stone altars ن ص ب
26 وَأَن waan and that —
27 تَسْتَقْسِمُواْ tastaqsimoo you seek division ق س م
28 بِالْأَزْلَامِ bialazlami by divining arrows ز ل م
29 ذَٰلِكُمْ thalikum that —
30 فِسْقٌ fisqun (is) grave disobedience ف س ق
31 الْيَوْمَ alyawma This day ي و م
32 يَئِسَ yaisa (have) despaired ي أ س
33 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
34 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
35 مِن min of —
36 دِينِكُمْ deenikum your religion د ي ن
37 فَلَا fala so (do) not —
38 تَخْشَوْهُمْ takhshawhum fear them خ ش ي
39 وَاخْشَوْنِ waikhshawni but fear Me خ ش ي
40 الْيَوْمَ alyawma This day ي و م
41 أَكْمَلْتُ akmaltu I have perfected ك م ل
42 لَكُمْ lakum for you —
43 دِينَكُمْ deenakum your religion د ي ن
44 وَأَتْمَمْتُ waatmamtu and I have completed ت م م
45 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum upon you —
46 نِعْمَتِى niAAmatee My Favor ن ع م
47 وَرَضِيتُ waradeetu and I have approved ر ض و
48 لَكُمُ lakumu for you —
49 الْإِسْلَامَ alislama [the] Islam س ل م
50 دِينًا deenan (as) a religion د ي ن
51 فَمَنِ famani But whoever —
52 اضْطُرَّ idturra (is) forced ض ر ر
53 فِى fee by —
54 مَخْمَصَةٍ makhmasatin hunger خ م ص
55 غَيْرَ ghayra (and) not غ ي ر
56 مُتَجَانِفٍ mutajanifin inclining ج ن ف
57 لِّإِثْمٍ liithmin to sin أ ث م
58 فَإِنَّ fainna then indeed —
59 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
60 غَفُورٌ ghafoorun (is) Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
61 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 4

يَسْـَٔلُونَكَ مَاذَآ أُحِلَّ لَهُمْ ۖ قُلْ أُحِلَّ لَكُمُ ٱلطَّيِّبَٰتُ ۙ وَمَا عَلَّمْتُم مِّنَ ٱلْجَوَارِحِ مُكَلِّبِينَ تُعَلِّمُونَهُنَّ مِمَّا عَلَّمَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ ۖ فَكُلُوا۟ مِمَّآ أَمْسَكْنَ عَلَيْكُمْ وَٱذْكُرُوا۟ ٱسْمَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ ۖ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ سَرِيعُ ٱلْحِسَابِ.(4)

They ask you, [O Muḥammad], what has been made lawful for them. Say, "Lawful for you are [all] good foods and [game caught by] what you have trained of hunting animals1 which you train as Allāh has taught you. So eat of what they catch for you, and mention the name of Allāh upon it, and fear Allāh." Indeed, Allāh is swift in account. [Al-Maaida: 4]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 4

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They ask you, [O Muḥammad], what has been made lawful for them. Say, "Lawful for you are [all] good foods and [game caught by] what you have trained of hunting animals1 which you train as Allāh has taught you. So eat of what they catch for you, and mention the name of Allāh upon it, and fear Allāh." Indeed, Allāh is swift in account.

Transliteration

Ayah 4

Yasaloonaka matha ohilla lahum qul ohilla lakumu alttayyibatu wama AAallamtum mina aljawarihi mukallibeena tuAAallimoonahunna mimma AAallamakumu Allahu fakuloo mimma amsakna AAalaykum waothkuroo isma Allahi AAalayhi waittaqoo Allaha inna Allaha sareeAAu alhisabi

Word-by-word

Ayah 4

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَسْـَٔلُونَكَ Yasaloonaka They ask you س أ ل
2 مَاذَآ matha what? —
3 أُحِلَّ ohilla (is) made lawful ح ل ل
4 لَهُمْ lahum for them —
5 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
6 أُحِلَّ ohilla Are made lawful ح ل ل
7 لَكُمُ lakumu for you —
8 الطَّيِّبَاتُ alttayyibatu the good things ط ي ب
9 وَمَا wama and what —
10 عَلَّمْتُم AAallamtum you have taught ع ل م
11 مِّنَ mina of —
12 الْجَوَارِحِ aljawarihi (your) hunting animals ج ر ح
13 مُكَلِّبِينَ mukallibeena ones who train animals to hunt ك ل ب
14 تُعَلِّمُونَهُنَّ tuAAallimoonahunna you teach them ع ل م
15 مِمَّا mimma of what —
16 عَلَّمَكُمُ AAallamakumu has taught you ع ل م
17 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
18 فَكُلُواْ fakuloo So eat أ ك ل
19 مِمَّآ mimma of what —
20 أَمْسَكْنَ amsakna they catch م س ك
21 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum for you —
22 وَاذْكُرُواْ waothkuroo but mention ذ ك ر
23 اسْمَ isma (the) name س م و
24 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
25 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi on it —
26 وَاتَّقُواْ waittaqoo and fear و ق ي
27 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
28 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
29 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
30 سَرِيعُ sareeAAu is swift س ر ع
31 الْحِسَابِ alhisabi (in taking) account ح س ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 5

ٱلْيَوْمَ أُحِلَّ لَكُمُ ٱلطَّيِّبَٰتُ ۖ وَطَعَامُ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ حِلٌّ لَّكُمْ وَطَعَامُكُمْ حِلٌّ لَّهُمْ ۖ وَٱلْمُحْصَنَٰتُ مِنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنَٰتِ وَٱلْمُحْصَنَٰتُ مِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ مِن قَبْلِكُمْ إِذَآ ءَاتَيْتُمُوهُنَّ أُجُورَهُنَّ مُحْصِنِينَ غَيْرَ مُسَٰفِحِينَ وَلَا مُتَّخِذِىٓ أَخْدَانٍۢ ۗ وَمَن يَكْفُرْ بِٱلْإِيمَٰنِ فَقَدْ حَبِطَ عَمَلُهُۥ وَهُوَ فِى ٱلْآخِرَةِ مِنَ ٱلْخَٰسِرِينَ.(5)

This day [all] good foods have been made lawful, and the food of those who were given the Scripture is lawful for you and your food is lawful for them. And [lawful in marriage are] chaste women from among the believers and chaste women from among those who were given the Scripture before you, when you have given them their due compensation,1 desiring chastity, not unlawful sexual intercourse or taking [secret] lovers. And whoever denies the faith - his work has become worthless, and he, in the Hereafter, will be among the losers. [Al-Maaida: 5]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 5

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

This day [all] good foods have been made lawful, and the food of those who were given the Scripture is lawful for you and your food is lawful for them. And [lawful in marriage are] chaste women from among the believers and chaste women from among those who were given the Scripture before you, when you have given them their due compensation,1 desiring chastity, not unlawful sexual intercourse or taking [secret] lovers. And whoever denies the faith - his work has become worthless, and he, in the Hereafter, will be among the losers.

Transliteration

Ayah 5

Alyawma ohilla lakumu alttayyibatu wataAAamu allatheena ootoo alkitaba hillun lakum wataAAamukum hillun lahum waalmuhsanatu mina almuminati waalmuhsanatu mina allatheena ootoo alkitaba min qablikum itha ataytumoohunna ojoorahunna muhsineena ghayra musafiheena wala muttakhithee akhdanin waman yakfur bialeemani faqad habita AAamaluhu wahuwa fee alakhirati mina alkhasireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 5

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الْيَوْمَ Alyawma This day ي و م
2 أُحِلَّ ohilla are made lawful ح ل ل
3 لَكُمُ lakumu for you —
4 الطَّيِّبَاتُ alttayyibatu the good things ط ي ب
5 وَطَعَامُ wataAAamu and (the) food ط ع م
6 الَّذِينَ allatheena (of) those who —
7 أُوتُواْ ootoo were given أ ت ي
8 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
9 حِلٌّ hillun (is) lawful ح ل ل
10 لَّكُمْ lakum for you —
11 وَطَعَامُكُمْ wataAAamukum and your food ط ع م
12 حِلُّ hillun (is) lawful ح ل ل
13 لَّهُمْ lahum for them —
14 وَالْمُحْصَنَٰتُ waalmuhsanatu And the chaste women ح ص ن
15 مِنَ mina from —
16 الْمُؤْمِنَاتِ almuminati the believers أ م ن
17 وَالْمُحْصَنَٰتُ waalmuhsanatu and the chaste women ح ص ن
18 مِنَ mina from —
19 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
20 أُوتُواْ ootoo were given أ ت ي
21 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
22 مِن min from —
23 قَبْلِكُمْ qablikum before you ق ب ل
24 إِذَا itha when —
25 اٰتَيْتُمُوهُنَّ ataytumoohunna you have given them أ ت ي
26 أُجُورَهُنَّ ojoorahunna their bridal due أ ج ر
27 مُحْصِنِينَ muhsineena being chaste ح ص ن
28 غَيْرَ ghayra not غ ي ر
29 مُسَافِحِينَ musafiheena being lewd س ف ح
30 وَلَا wala and not —
31 مُتَّخِذِىٓ muttakhithee ones (who are) taking أ خ ذ
32 أَخْدَانٍ akhdanin secret lovers خ د ن
33 وَمَن waman And whoever —
34 يَكْفُرْ yakfur denies ك ف ر
35 بِالْإِيمَانِ bialeemani the faith أ م ن
36 فَقَدْ faqad then surely —
37 حَبِطَ habita (are) wasted ح ب ط
38 عَمَلُهُۥ AAamaluhu his deeds ع م ل
39 وَهُوَ wahuwa and he —
40 فِى fee in —
41 الاٰخِرَةِ alakhirati the Hereafter أ خ ر
42 مِنَ mina (will be) among —
43 الْخَاسِرِينَ alkhasireena the losers خ س ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 6

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِذَا قُمْتُمْ إِلَى ٱلصَّلَوٰةِ فَٱغْسِلُوا۟ وُجُوهَكُمْ وَأَيْدِيَكُمْ إِلَى ٱلْمَرَافِقِ وَٱمْسَحُوا۟ بِرُءُوسِكُمْ وَأَرْجُلَكُمْ إِلَى ٱلْكَعْبَيْنِ ۚ وَإِن كُنتُمْ جُنُبًۭا فَٱطَّهَّرُوا۟ ۚ وَإِن كُنتُم مَّرْضَىٰٓ أَوْ عَلَىٰ سَفَرٍ أَوْ جَآءَ أَحَدٌۭ مِّنكُم مِّنَ ٱلْغَآئِطِ أَوْ لَٰمَسْتُمُ ٱلنِّسَآءَ فَلَمْ تَجِدُوا۟ مَآءًۭ فَتَيَمَّمُوا۟ صَعِيدًۭا طَيِّبًۭا فَٱمْسَحُوا۟ بِوُجُوهِكُمْ وَأَيْدِيكُم مِّنْهُ ۚ مَا يُرِيدُ ٱللَّهُ لِيَجْعَلَ عَلَيْكُم مِّنْ حَرَجٍۢ وَلَٰكِن يُرِيدُ لِيُطَهِّرَكُمْ وَلِيُتِمَّ نِعْمَتَهُۥ عَلَيْكُمْ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَشْكُرُونَ.(6)

O you who have believed, when you rise to [perform] prayer, wash your faces and your forearms to the elbows and wipe over your heads and wash your feet to the ankles. And if you are in a state of janābah,1 then purify yourselves. But if you are ill or on a journey or one of you comes from the place of relieving himself or you have contacted women2 and do not find water, then seek clean earth and wipe over your faces and hands with it. Allāh does not intend to make difficulty for you, but He intends to purify you and complete His favor upon you that you may be grateful. [Al-Maaida: 6]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 6

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, when you rise to [perform] prayer, wash your faces and your forearms to the elbows and wipe over your heads and wash your feet to the ankles. And if you are in a state of janābah,1 then purify yourselves. But if you are ill or on a journey or one of you comes from the place of relieving himself or you have contacted women2 and do not find water, then seek clean earth and wipe over your faces and hands with it. Allāh does not intend to make difficulty for you, but He intends to purify you and complete His favor upon you that you may be grateful.

Transliteration

Ayah 6

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo itha qumtum ila alssalati faighsiloo wujoohakum waaydiyakum ila almarafiqi waimsahoo biruoosikum waarjulakum ila alkaAAbayni wain kuntum junuban faittahharoo wain kuntum marda aw AAala safarin aw jaa ahadun minkum mina alghaiti aw lamastumu alnnisaa falam tajidoo maan fatayammamoo saAAeedan tayyiban faimsahoo biwujoohikum waaydeekum minhu ma yureedu Allahu liyajAAala AAalaykum min harajin walakin yureedu liyutahhirakum waliyutimma niAAmatahu AAalaykum laAAallakum tashkuroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 6

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 إِذَا itha When —
5 قُمْتُمْ qumtum you stand up ق و م
6 إِلَى ila for —
7 الصَّلَوٰةِ alssalati the prayer ص ل و
8 فَاغْسِلُواْ faighsiloo then wash غ س ل
9 وُجُوهَكُمْ wujoohakum your faces و ج ه
10 وَأَيْدِيَكُمْ waaydiyakum and your hands ي د ي
11 إِلَى ila till —
12 الْمَرَافِقِ almarafiqi the elbows ر ف ق
13 وَامْسَحُواْ waimsahoo and wipe م س ح
14 بِرُءُوسِكُمْ biruoosikum your heads ر أ س
15 وَأَرْجُلَكُمْ waarjulakum and your feet ر ج ل
16 إِلَى ila till —
17 الْكَعْبَيْنِ alkaAAbayni the ankles ك ع ب
18 وَإِن wain But if —
19 كُنتُمْ kuntum you are ك و ن
20 جُنُبًا junuban (in) a state of ceremonial impurity ج ن ب
21 فَاطَّهَّرُواْ faittahharoo then purify yourselves ط ه ر
22 وَإِن wain But if —
23 كُنتُم kuntum you are ك و ن
24 مَّرْضَىٰٓ marda ill م ر ض
25 أَوْ aw or —
26 عَلَىٰ AAala on —
27 سَفَرٍ safarin a journey س ف ر
28 أَوْ aw or —
29 جَآءَ jaa has come ج ي أ
30 أَحَدٌ ahadun anyone أ ح د
31 مَّنكُم minkum of you —
32 مِّنَ mina from —
33 الْغَآئِطِ alghaiti the toilet غ و ط
34 أَوْ aw or —
35 لَامَسْتُمُ lamastumu has (had) contact ل م س
36 النِّسَآءَ alnnisaa (with) the women ن س و
37 فَلَمْ falam and not —
38 تَجِدُواْ tajidoo you find و ج د
39 مَآءً maan water م و ه
40 فَتَيَمَّمُواْ fatayammamoo then do tayyammum ي م م
41 صَعِيدًا saAAeedan (with) earth ص ع د
42 طَيِّبًا tayyiban clean ط ي ب
43 فَامْسَحُواْ faimsahoo then wipe م س ح
44 بِوُجُوهِكُمْ biwujoohikum your faces و ج ه
45 وَأَيْدِيكُم waaydeekum and your hands ي د ي
46 مِّنْهُ minhu with it —
47 مَا ma Does not —
48 يُرِيدُ yureedu intend ر و د
49 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
50 لِيَجْعَلَ liyajAAala to make ج ع ل
51 عَلَيْكُم AAalaykum for you —
52 مِّنْ min any —
53 حَرَجٍ harajin difficulty ح ر ج
54 وَلَٰكِن walakin but —
55 يُرِيدُ yureedu He intends ر و د
56 لِيُطَهَّرَكُمْ liyutahhirakum to purify you ط ه ر
57 وَلِيُتِمَّ waliyutimma and to complete ت م م
58 نِعْمَتَهُۥ niAAmatahu His Favor ن ع م
59 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum upon you —
60 لَعَلَّكُمْ laAAallakum so that you may —
61 تَشْكُرُونَ tashkuroona (be) grateful ش ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 7

وَاذْكُرُوا نِعْمَةَ اللَّـهِ عَلَيْكُمْ وَمِيثَاقَهُ الَّذِي وَاثَقَكُم بِهِ إِذْ قُلْتُمْ سَمِعْنَا وَأَطَعْنَا ۖ وَاتَّقُوا اللَّـهَ ۚ إِنَّ اللَّـهَ عَلِيمٌ بِذَاتِ الصُّدُورِ(7)

And remember the favor of Allāh upon you and His covenant with which He bound you when you said, "We hear and we obey"; and fear Allāh. Indeed, Allāh is Knowing of that within the breasts. [Al-Maaida: 7]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 7

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And remember the favor of Allāh upon you and His covenant with which He bound you when you said, "We hear and we obey"; and fear Allāh. Indeed, Allāh is Knowing of that within the breasts.

Transliteration

Ayah 7

Waothkuroo niAAmata Allahi AAalaykum wameethaqahu allathee wathaqakum bihi ith qultum samiAAna waataAAna waittaqoo Allaha inna Allaha AAaleemun bithati alssudoori

Word-by-word

Ayah 7

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَاذْكُرُواْ Waothkuroo And remember ذ ك ر
2 نِعْمَةَ niAAmata (the) Favor ن ع م
3 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
4 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum upon you —
5 وَمِيثَاقَهُ wameethaqahu and His covenant و ث ق
6 الَّذِى allathee which —
7 وَاثَقَكُم wathaqakum He bound you و ث ق
8 بِهِۦٓ bihi with [it] —
9 إِذْ ith when —
10 قُلْتُمْ qultum you said ق و ل
11 سَمِعْنَا samiAAna We heard س م ع
12 وَأَطَعْنَا waataAAna and we obeyed ط و ع
13 وَاتَّقُواْ waittaqoo and fear و ق ي
14 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
15 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
16 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
17 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun (is) All-Knower ع ل م
18 بِذَاتِ bithati of what —
19 الصُّدُورِ alssudoori (is in) the breasts ص د ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 8

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ كُونُوا۟ قَوَّٰمِينَ لِلَّهِ شُهَدَآءَ بِٱلْقِسْطِ ۖ وَلَا يَجْرِمَنَّكُمْ شَنَـَٔانُ قَوْمٍ عَلَىٰٓ أَلَّا تَعْدِلُوا۟ ۚ ٱعْدِلُوا۟ هُوَ أَقْرَبُ لِلتَّقْوَىٰ ۖ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ خَبِيرٌۢ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ.(8)

O you who have believed, be persistently standing firm for Allāh, witnesses in justice, and do not let the hatred of a people prevent you from being just. Be just; that is nearer to righteousness. And fear Allāh; indeed, Allāh is [fully] Aware of what you do. [Al-Maaida: 8]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 8

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, be persistently standing firm for Allāh, witnesses in justice, and do not let the hatred of a people prevent you from being just. Be just; that is nearer to righteousness. And fear Allāh; indeed, Allāh is [fully] Aware of what you do.

Transliteration

Ayah 8

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo koonoo qawwameena lillahi shuhadaa bialqisti wala yajrimannakum shanaanu qawmin AAala alla taAAdiloo iAAdiloo huwa aqrabu lilttaqwa waittaqoo Allaha inna Allaha khabeerun bima taAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 8

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 كُونُواْ koonoo Be ك و ن
5 قَوَّامِينَ qawwameena steadfast ق و م
6 لِلّٰهِ lillahi for Allah أ ل ه
7 شُهَدَآءَ shuhadaa (as) witnesses ش ه د
8 بِالْقِسْطِ bialqisti in justice ق س ط
9 وَلَا wala and let not —
10 يَجْرِمَنَّكُمْ yajrimannakum prevent you ج ر م
11 شَنَـَٔانُ shanaanu hatred ش ن أ
12 قَوْمٍ qawmin (of) a people ق و م
13 عَلَىٰٓ AAala [upon] —
14 أَلَّا alla that not —
15 تَعْدِلُواْ taAAdiloo you do justice ع د ل
16 اعْدِلُواْ iAAdiloo Be just ع د ل
17 هُوَ huwa it —
18 أَقْرَبُ aqrabu (is) nearer ق ر ب
19 لِلتَّقْوَىٰ lilttaqwa to [the] piety و ق ي
20 وَاتَّقُواْ waittaqoo And fear و ق ي
21 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
22 إِنَّ inna indeed —
23 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
24 خَبِيرٌ khabeerun (is) All-Aware خ ب ر
25 بِمَا bima of what —
26 تَعْمَلُونَ taAAmaloona you do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 9

وَعَدَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ ۙ لَهُم مَّغْفِرَةٌۭ وَأَجْرٌ عَظِيمٌۭ.(9)

Allāh has promised those who believe and do righteous deeds [that] for them there is forgiveness and great reward. [Al-Maaida: 9]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 9

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh has promised those who believe and do righteous deeds [that] for them there is forgiveness and great reward.

Transliteration

Ayah 9

WaAAada Allahu allatheena amanoo waAAamiloo alssalihati lahum maghfiratun waajrun AAatheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 9

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَعَدَ WaAAada Has promised و ع د
2 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
4 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe أ م ن
5 وَعَمِلُواْ waAAamiloo and do ع م ل
6 الصَّالِحَاتِ alssalihati the righteous deeds ص ل ح
7 لَهُم lahum for them —
8 مَّغْفِرَةٌ maghfiratun (is) forgiveness غ ف ر
9 وَأَجْرٌ waajrun and a reward أ ج ر
10 عَظِيمٌ AAatheemun great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 10

وَٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَكَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَآ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلْجَحِيمِ.(10)

But those who disbelieve and deny Our signs - those are the companions of Hellfire. [Al-Maaida: 10]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 10

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But those who disbelieve and deny Our signs - those are the companions of Hellfire.

Transliteration

Ayah 10

Waallatheena kafaroo wakaththaboo biayatina olaika ashabu aljaheemi

Word-by-word

Ayah 10

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالَّذِينَ Waallatheena And those who —
2 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieve ك ف ر
3 وَكَذَّبُواْ wakaththaboo and deny ك ذ ب
4 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina Our Signs أ ي ي
5 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika those —
6 أَصْحَابُ ashabu (are the) companions ص ح ب
7 الْجَحِيمِ aljaheemi (of) the Hellfire ج ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 11

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱذْكُرُوا۟ نِعْمَتَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْكُمْ إِذْ هَمَّ قَوْمٌ أَن يَبْسُطُوٓا۟ إِلَيْكُمْ أَيْدِيَهُمْ فَكَفَّ أَيْدِيَهُمْ عَنكُمْ ۖ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ ۚ وَعَلَى ٱللَّهِ فَلْيَتَوَكَّلِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ.(11)

O you who have believed, remember the favor of Allāh upon you when a people determined to extend their hands [in aggression] against you, but He withheld their hands from you; and fear Allāh. And upon Allāh let the believers rely. [Al-Maaida: 11]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 11

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, remember the favor of Allāh upon you when a people determined to extend their hands [in aggression] against you, but He withheld their hands from you; and fear Allāh. And upon Allāh let the believers rely.

Transliteration

Ayah 11

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo othkuroo niAAmata Allahi AAalaykum ith hamma qawmun an yabsutoo ilaykum aydiyahum fakaffa aydiyahum AAankum waittaqoo Allaha waAAala Allahi falyatawakkali almuminoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 11

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 اذْكُرُواْ othkuroo Remember ذ ك ر
5 نِعْمَتَ niAAmata (the) Favor ن ع م
6 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
7 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum upon you —
8 إِذْ ith when —
9 هَمَّ hamma determined ه م م
10 قَوْمٌ qawmun a people ق و م
11 أَن an that —
12 يَبْسُطُواْ yabsutoo they stretch ب س ط
13 إِلَيْكُمْ ilaykum towards you —
14 أَيْدِيَهُمْ aydiyahum their hands ي د ي
15 فَكَفَّ fakaffa but He restrained ك ف ف
16 أَيْدِيَهُمْ aydiyahum their hands ي د ي
17 عَنكُمْ AAankum from you —
18 وَاتَّقُواْ waittaqoo And fear و ق ي
19 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
20 وَعَلَى waAAala And upon —
21 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
22 فَلْيَتَوَكَّلِ falyatawakkali so let put the trust و ك ل
23 الْمُؤْمِنُونَ almuminoona the believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 12

وَلَقَدْ أَخَذَ ٱللَّهُ مِيثَٰقَ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ وَبَعَثْنَا مِنْهُمُ ٱثْنَىْ عَشَرَ نَقِيبًۭا ۖ وَقَالَ ٱللَّهُ إِنِّى مَعَكُمْ ۖ لَئِنْ أَقَمْتُمُ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَءَاتَيْتُمُ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَءَامَنتُم بِرُسُلِى وَعَزَّرْتُمُوهُمْ وَأَقْرَضْتُمُ ٱللَّهَ قَرْضًا حَسَنًۭا لَّأُكَفِّرَنَّ عَنكُمْ سَيِّـَٔاتِكُمْ وَلَأُدْخِلَنَّكُمْ جَنَّٰتٍۢ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ ۚ فَمَن كَفَرَ بَعْدَ ذَٰلِكَ مِنكُمْ فَقَدْ ضَلَّ سَوَآءَ ٱلسَّبِيلِ.(12)

And Allāh had already taken a covenant from the Children of Israel, and We delegated from among them twelve leaders. And Allāh said, "I am with you. If you establish prayer and give zakāh and believe in My messengers and support them and loan Allāh a goodly loan,1 I will surely remove from you your misdeeds and admit you to gardens beneath which rivers flow. But whoever of you disbelieves after that has certainly strayed from the soundness of the way." [Al-Maaida: 12]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 12

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And Allāh had already taken a covenant from the Children of Israel, and We delegated from among them twelve leaders. And Allāh said, "I am with you. If you establish prayer and give zakāh and believe in My messengers and support them and loan Allāh a goodly loan,1 I will surely remove from you your misdeeds and admit you to gardens beneath which rivers flow. But whoever of you disbelieves after that has certainly strayed from the soundness of the way."

Transliteration

Ayah 12

Walaqad akhatha Allahu meethaqa banee israeela wabaAAathna minhumu ithnay AAashara naqeeban waqala Allahu innee maAAakum lain aqamtumu alssalata waataytumu alzzakata waamantum birusulee waAAazzartumoohum waaqradtumu Allaha qardan hasanan laokaffiranna AAankum sayyiatikum walaodkhilannakum jannatin tajree min tahtiha alanharu faman kafara baAAda thalika minkum faqad dalla sawaa alssabeeli

Word-by-word

Ayah 12

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَقَدْ Walaqad And certainly —
2 أَخَذَ akhatha took أ خ ذ
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 مِيثَاقَ meethaqa a Covenant و ث ق
5 بَنِىٓ banee (from the) Children ب ن ي
6 إِسْرَآئِيلَ israeela (of) Israel —
7 وَبَعَثْنَا wabaAAathna and We appointed ب ع ث
8 مِنْهُمُ minhumu among them —
9 اثْنَىْ ithnay two ث ن ي
10 عَشَرَ AAashara (and) ten ع ش ر
11 نَقِيبًا naqeeban leaders ن ق ب
12 وَقَالَ waqala And said ق و ل
13 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
14 إِنِّى innee Indeed I (am) —
15 مَعَكُمْ maAAakum with you —
16 لَئِنْ lain if —
17 أَقَمْتُمُ aqamtumu you establish ق و م
18 الصَّلَوٰةَ alssalata the prayer ص ل و
19 وَآتَيْتُمُ waataytumu and give أ ت ي
20 الزَّكَوٰةَ alzzakata the zakah ز ك و
21 وَآمَنتُم waamantum and you believe أ م ن
22 بِرُسُلِى birusulee in My Messengers ر س ل
23 وَعَزَّرْتُمُوهُمْ waAAazzartumoohum and you assist them ع ز ر
24 وَأَقْرَضْتُمُ waaqradtumu and you loan ق ر ض
25 اللهَ Allaha (to) Allah أ ل ه
26 قَرْضًا qardan a loan ق ر ض
27 حَسَنًا hasanan goodly ح س ن
28 لَّأُكَفِّرَنَّ laokaffiranna surely I will remove ك ف ر
29 عَنكُمْ AAankum from you —
30 سَيِّئَاتِكُمْ sayyiatikum your evil deeds س و أ
31 وَلَأُدْخِلَنَّكُمْ walaodkhilannakum and I will surely admit you د خ ل
32 جَنَّاتٍ jannatin (to) gardens ج ن ن
33 تَجْرِى tajree flow ج ر ي
34 مِن min from —
35 تَحْتِهَا tahtiha underneath them ت ح ت
36 الْأَنْهَارُ alanharu the rivers ن ه ر
37 فَمَن faman But whoever —
38 كَفَرَ kafara disbelieved ك ف ر
39 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
40 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that —
41 مِنكُمْ minkum among you —
42 فَقَدْ faqad then certainly —
43 ضَلَّ dalla he strayed ض ل ل
44 سَوَآءَ sawaa (from) the way س و ي
45 السَّبِيلِ alssabeeli the right س ب ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 13

فَبِمَا نَقْضِهِم مِّيثَٰقَهُمْ لَعَنَّٰهُمْ وَجَعَلْنَا قُلُوبَهُمْ قَٰسِيَةًۭ ۖ يُحَرِّفُونَ ٱلْكَلِمَ عَن مَّوَاضِعِهِۦ ۙ وَنَسُوا۟ حَظًّا مِّمَّا ذُكِّرُوا۟ بِهِۦ ۚ وَلَا تَزَالُ تَطَّلِعُ عَلَىٰ خَآئِنَةٍۢ مِّنْهُمْ إِلَّا قَلِيلًۭا مِّنْهُمْ ۖ فَٱعْفُ عَنْهُمْ وَٱصْفَحْ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ.(13)

So for their breaking of the covenant We cursed them and made their hearts hardened. They distort words from their [proper] places [i.e., usages] and have forgotten a portion of that of which they were reminded.1 And you will still observe deceit among them, except a few of them. But pardon them and overlook [their misdeeds]. Indeed, Allāh loves the doers of good. [Al-Maaida: 13]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 13

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So for their breaking of the covenant We cursed them and made their hearts hardened. They distort words from their [proper] places [i.e., usages] and have forgotten a portion of that of which they were reminded.1 And you will still observe deceit among them, except a few of them. But pardon them and overlook [their misdeeds]. Indeed, Allāh loves the doers of good.

Transliteration

Ayah 13

Fabima naqdihim meethaqahum laAAannahum wajaAAalna quloobahum qasiyatan yuharrifoona alkalima AAan mawadiAAihi wanasoo haththan mimma thukkiroo bihi wala tazalu tattaliAAu AAala khainatin minhum illa qaleelan minhum faoAAfu AAanhum waisfah inna Allaha yuhibbu almuhsineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 13

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَبِمَا Fabima So for —
2 نَقْضِهِم naqdihim their breaking ن ق ض
3 مِّيثَاقَهُمْ meethaqahum (of) their covenant و ث ق
4 لَعنَّاهُمْ laAAannahum We cursed them ل ع ن
5 وَجَعَلْنَا wajaAAalna and We made ج ع ل
6 قُلُوبَهُمْ quloobahum their hearts ق ل ب
7 قَاسِيَةً qasiyatan hard ق س و
8 يُحَرِّفُونَ yuharrifoona They distort ح ر ف
9 الْكَلِمَ alkalima the words ك ل م
10 عَن AAan from —
11 مَّوَاضِعِهِۦ mawadiAAihi their places و ض ع
12 وَنَسُواْ wanasoo and forgot ن س ي
13 حَظًّا haththan a part ح ظ ظ
14 مِّمَّا mimma of what —
15 ذُكِّرُواْ thukkiroo they were reminded ذ ك ر
16 بِهِۦ bihi of [it] —
17 وَلَا wala And not —
18 تَزَالُ tazalu will you cease ز ي ل
19 تَطَّلِعُ tattaliAAu to discover ط ل ع
20 عَلَىٰ AAala of —
21 خَآئِنَةٍ khainatin treachery خ و ن
22 مِّنْهُمْ minhum from them —
23 إِلَّا illa except —
24 قَلِيلًا qaleelan a few ق ل ل
25 مِّنْهُمُ minhum of them —
26 فَاعْفُ faoAAfu But forgive ع ف و
27 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum them —
28 وَاصْفَحْ waisfah and overlook ص ف ح
29 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
30 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
31 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu loves ح ب ب
32 الْمُحْسِنِينَ almuhsineena the good-doers ح س ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 14

وَمِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا نَصَٰرَىٰٓ أَخَذْنَا مِيثَٰقَهُمْ فَنَسُوا۟ حَظًّا مِّمَّا ذُكِّرُوا۟ بِهِۦ فَأَغْرَيْنَا بَيْنَهُمُ ٱلْعَدَاوَةَ وَٱلْبَغْضَآءَ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ ۚ وَسَوْفَ يُنَبِّئُهُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَصْنَعُونَ.(14)

And from those who say, "We are Christians" We took their covenant; but they forgot a portion of that of which they were reminded.1 So We caused among them2 animosity and hatred until the Day of Resurrection. And Allāh is going to inform them about what they used to do. [Al-Maaida: 14]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 14

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And from those who say, "We are Christians" We took their covenant; but they forgot a portion of that of which they were reminded.1 So We caused among them2 animosity and hatred until the Day of Resurrection. And Allāh is going to inform them about what they used to do.

Transliteration

Ayah 14

Wamina allatheena qaloo inna nasara akhathna meethaqahum fanasoo haththan mimma thukkiroo bihi faaghrayna baynahumu alAAadawata waalbaghdaa ila yawmi alqiyamati wasawfa yunabbiohumu Allahu bima kanoo yasnaAAoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 14

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمِنَ Wamina And from —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
3 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo said ق و ل
4 إِنَّا inna Indeed we —
5 نَصَارَىٰٓ nasara (are) Christians ن ص ر
6 أَخَذْنَا akhathna We took أ خ ذ
7 مِيثَاقَهُمْ meethaqahum their covenant و ث ق
8 فَنَسُواْ fanasoo but they forgot ن س ي
9 حَظًّا haththan a part ح ظ ظ
10 مِّمَّا mimma of what —
11 ذُكِّرُواْ thukkiroo they were reminded ذ ك ر
12 بِهِۦ bihi of [it] —
13 فَأَغْرَيْنَا faaghrayna So We aroused غ ر و
14 بَيْنَهُمُ baynahumu between them ب ي ن
15 الْعَدَاوَةَ alAAadawata [the] enmity ع د و
16 وَالْبَغْضَآءَ waalbaghdaa and [the] hatred ب غ ض
17 إِلَىٰ ila till —
18 يَوْمِ yawmi (the) Day ي و م
19 الْقِيَامَةِ alqiyamati (of) the Resurrection ق و م
20 وَسَوْفَ wasawfa And soon —
21 يُنَبِّئُهُمُ yunabbiohumu will inform them ن ب أ
22 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
23 بِمَا bima of what —
24 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
25 يَصْنَعُونَ yasnaAAoona do ص ن ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 15

يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ قَدْ جَآءَكُمْ رَسُولُنَا يُبَيِّنُ لَكُمْ كَثِيرًۭا مِّمَّا كُنتُمْ تُخْفُونَ مِنَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ وَيَعْفُوا۟ عَن كَثِيرٍۢ ۚ قَدْ جَآءَكُم مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ نُورٌۭ وَكِتَٰبٌۭ مُّبِينٌۭ.(15)

O People of the Scripture, there has come to you Our Messenger making clear to you much of what you used to conceal of the Scripture and overlooking much.1 There has come to you from Allāh a light and a clear Book [i.e., the Qur’ān] [Al-Maaida: 15]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 15

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O People of the Scripture, there has come to you Our Messenger making clear to you much of what you used to conceal of the Scripture and overlooking much.1 There has come to you from Allāh a light and a clear Book [i.e., the Qur’ān]

Transliteration

Ayah 15

Ya ahla alkitabi qad jaakum rasooluna yubayyinu lakum katheeran mimma kuntum tukhfoona mina alkitabi wayaAAfoo AAan katheerin qad jaakum mina Allahi noorun wakitabun mubeenun

Word-by-word

Ayah 15

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَهْلَ Yaahla O People أ ه ل
2 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book! ك ت ب
3 قَدْ qad Surely —
4 جَآءَكُمْ jaakum has come to you ج ي أ
5 رَسُولُنَا rasooluna Our Messenger ر س ل
6 يُبَيِّنُ yubayyinu making clear ب ي ن
7 لَكُمْ lakum to you —
8 كَثِيرًا katheeran much ك ث ر
9 مِّمَّا mimma of what —
10 كُنتُمْ kuntum you used to ك و ن
11 تُخْفُونَ tukhfoona conceal خ ف ي
12 مِنَ mina of —
13 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi the Scripture ك ت ب
14 وَيَعْفُوا wayaAAfoo and overlooking ع ف و
15 عَن AAan of —
16 كَثِيرٍ katheerin much ك ث ر
17 قَدْ qad Surely —
18 جَآءَكُم jaakum has come to you ج ي أ
19 مِّنَ mina from —
20 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
21 نُورٌ noorun a light ن و ر
22 وَكِتَابٌ wakitabun and a Book ك ت ب
23 مُّبِينٌ mubeenun clear ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 16

يَهْدِى بِهِ ٱللَّهُ مَنِ ٱتَّبَعَ رِضْوَٰنَهُۥ سُبُلَ ٱلسَّلَٰمِ وَيُخْرِجُهُم مِّنَ ٱلظُّلُمَٰتِ إِلَى ٱلنُّورِ بِإِذْنِهِۦ وَيَهْدِيهِمْ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍۢ مُّسْتَقِيمٍۢ.(16)

By which Allāh guides those who pursue His pleasure to the ways of peace1 and brings them out from darknesses into the light, by His permission, and guides them to a straight path. [Al-Maaida: 16]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 16

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

By which Allāh guides those who pursue His pleasure to the ways of peace1 and brings them out from darknesses into the light, by His permission, and guides them to a straight path.

Transliteration

Ayah 16

Yahdee bihi Allahu mani ittabaAAa ridwanahu subula alssalami wayukhrijuhum mina alththulumati ila alnnoori biithnihi wayahdeehim ila siratin mustaqeemin

Word-by-word

Ayah 16

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَهْدِى Yahdee Guides ه د ي
2 بِهِ bihi with it —
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 مَنِ mani (those) who —
5 اتَّبَعَ ittabaAAa seek ت ب ع
6 رِضْوَانَهُ ridwanahu His pleasure ر ض و
7 سُبُلَ subula (to the) ways س ب ل
8 السَّلَامِ alssalami (of) the peace س ل م
9 وَيُخْرِجُهُم wayukhrijuhum and brings them out خ ر ج
10 مِّنْ mina from —
11 الظُّلُمَاتِ alththulumati the darknessess ظ ل م
12 إِلَى ila to —
13 النُّورِ alnnoori the light ن و ر
14 بِإِذْنِهِۦ biithnihi by His permission أ ذ ن
15 وَيَهْدِيهِمْ wayahdeehim and guides them ه د ي
16 إِلَىٰ ila to —
17 صِرَاطٍ siratin (the) way ص ر ط
18 مُّسْتَقِيمٍ mustaqeemin (the) straight ق و م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 17

لَّقَدْ كَفَرَ ٱلَّذِينَ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ هُوَ ٱلْمَسِيحُ ٱبْنُ مَرْيَمَ ۚ قُلْ فَمَن يَمْلِكُ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ شَيْـًٔا إِنْ أَرَادَ أَن يُهْلِكَ ٱلْمَسِيحَ ٱبْنَ مَرْيَمَ وَأُمَّهُۥ وَمَن فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ جَمِيعًۭا ۗ وَلِلَّهِ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَا ۚ يَخْلُقُ مَا يَشَآءُ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍۢ قَدِيرٌۭ.(17)

They have certainly disbelieved who say that Allāh is Christ, the son of Mary. Say, "Then who could prevent Allāh at all if He had intended to destroy Christ, the son of Mary, or his mother or everyone on the earth?" And to Allāh belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth and whatever is between them. He creates what He wills, and Allāh is over all things competent. [Al-Maaida: 17]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 17

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They have certainly disbelieved who say that Allāh is Christ, the son of Mary. Say, "Then who could prevent Allāh at all if He had intended to destroy Christ, the son of Mary, or his mother or everyone on the earth?" And to Allāh belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth and whatever is between them. He creates what He wills, and Allāh is over all things competent.

Transliteration

Ayah 17

Laqad kafara allatheena qaloo inna Allaha huwa almaseehu ibnu maryama qul faman yamliku mina Allahi shayan in arada an yuhlika almaseeha ibna maryama waommahu waman fee alardi jameeAAan walillahi mulku alssamawati waalardi wama baynahuma yakhluqu ma yashao waAllahu AAala kulli shayin qadeerun

Word-by-word

Ayah 17

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَّقَدْ Laqad Certainly —
2 كَفَرَ kafara disbelieved ك ف ر
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
4 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo said ق و ل
5 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
6 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
7 هُوَ huwa He —
8 الْمَسِيحُ almaseehu (is) the Messiah —
9 ابْنُ ibnu son ب ن ي
10 مَرْيَمَ maryama (of) Maryam —
11 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
12 فَمَن faman Then who? —
13 يَمْلِكُ yamliku has power م ل ك
14 مِنَ mina against —
15 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
16 شَيْئًا shayan (in) anything ش ي أ
17 إِنْ in if —
18 أَرَادَ arada He intends ر و د
19 أَن an to —
20 يُهْلِكَ yuhlika destroy ه ل ك
21 الْمَسِيحَ almaseeha the Messiah —
22 ابْنَ ibna son ب ن ي
23 مَرْيَمَ maryama (of) Maryam —
24 وَأُمَّهُۥ waommahu and his mother أ م م
25 وَمَن waman and whoever —
26 فِى fee (is) in —
27 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
28 جَمِيعًا jameeAAan all ج م ع
29 وَلِلّٰهِ walillahi And for Allah أ ل ه
30 مُلْكُ mulku (is the) dominion م ل ك
31 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati (of) the heavens س م و
32 وَالْأَرْضِ waalardi and the earth أ ر ض
33 وَمَا wama and what —
34 بَيْنَهُمَا baynahuma (is) between both of them ب ي ن
35 يَخْلُقُ yakhluqu He creates خ ل ق
36 مَا ma what —
37 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
38 وَاللهُ waAllahu and Allah أ ل ه
39 عَلَىٰ AAala (is) on —
40 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
41 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
42 قَدِيرٌ qadeerun All-Powerful ق د ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 18

وَقَالَتِ ٱلْيَهُودُ وَٱلنَّصَٰرَىٰ نَحْنُ أَبْنَٰٓؤُا۟ ٱللَّهِ وَأَحِبَّٰٓؤُهُۥ ۚ قُلْ فَلِمَ يُعَذِّبُكُم بِذُنُوبِكُم ۖ بَلْ أَنتُم بَشَرٌۭ مِّمَّنْ خَلَقَ ۚ يَغْفِرُ لِمَن يَشَآءُ وَيُعَذِّبُ مَن يَشَآءُ ۚ وَلِلَّهِ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَا ۖ وَإِلَيْهِ ٱلْمَصِيرُ.(18)

But the Jews and the Christians say, "We are the children of Allāh and His beloved." Say, "Then why does He punish you for your sins?" Rather, you are human beings from among those He has created. He forgives whom He wills, and He punishes whom He wills. And to Allāh belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth and whatever is between them, and to Him is the [final] destination. [Al-Maaida: 18]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 18

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But the Jews and the Christians say, "We are the children of Allāh and His beloved." Say, "Then why does He punish you for your sins?" Rather, you are human beings from among those He has created. He forgives whom He wills, and He punishes whom He wills. And to Allāh belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth and whatever is between them, and to Him is the [final] destination.

Transliteration

Ayah 18

Waqalati alyahoodu waalnnasara nahnu abnao Allahi waahibbaohu qul falima yuAAaththibukum bithunoobikum bal antum basharun mimman khalaqa yaghfiru liman yashao wayuAAaththibu man yashao walillahi mulku alssamawati waalardi wama baynahuma wailayhi almaseeru

Word-by-word

Ayah 18

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقَالَتِ Waqalati And said ق و ل
2 الْيَهُودُ alyahoodu the Jews —
3 وَالنَّصَارَىٰ waalnnasara and the Christians ن ص ر
4 نَحْنُ nahnu We (are) —
5 أَبْنَٰٓؤُا abnao (the) children ب ن ي
6 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
7 وَأَحِبَّاؤُهُۥ waahibbaohu and His beloved ح ب ب
8 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
9 فَلِمَ falima Then why? —
10 يُعَذِّبُكُم yuAAaththibukum (does He) punish you ع ذ ب
11 بِذُنُوبِكُم bithunoobikum for your sins ذ ن ب
12 بَلْ bal Nay —
13 أَنتُم antum you (are) —
14 بَشَرٌ basharun human beings ب ش ر
15 مِّمَّنْ mimman from among (those) —
16 خَلَقَ khalaqa He created خ ل ق
17 يَغْفِرُ yaghfiru He forgives غ ف ر
18 لِمَن liman [for] whom —
19 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
20 وَيُعَذِّبُ wayuAAaththibu and punishes ع ذ ب
21 مَن man whom —
22 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
23 وَلِلّٰهِ walillahi And for Allah أ ل ه
24 مُلْكُ mulku (is the) dominion م ل ك
25 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati (of) the heavens س م و
26 وَالْأَرْضِ waalardi and the earth أ ر ض
27 وَمَا wama and whatever —
28 بَيْنَهُمَا baynahuma (is) between them ب ي ن
29 وَإِلَيْهِ wailayhi and to Him —
30 الْمَصِيرُ almaseeru (is) the final return ص ي ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 19

يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ قَدْ جَآءَكُمْ رَسُولُنَا يُبَيِّنُ لَكُمْ عَلَىٰ فَتْرَةٍۢ مِّنَ ٱلرُّسُلِ أَن تَقُولُوا۟ مَا جَآءَنَا مِنۢ بَشِيرٍۢ وَلَا نَذِيرٍۢ ۖ فَقَدْ جَآءَكُم بَشِيرٌۭ وَنَذِيرٌۭ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍۢ قَدِيرٌۭ.(19)

O People of the Scripture, there has come to you Our Messenger to make clear to you [the religion] after a period [of suspension] of messengers, lest you say, "There came not to us any bringer of good tidings or a warner." But there has come to you a bringer of good tidings and a warner. And Allāh is over all things competent. [Al-Maaida: 19]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 19

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O People of the Scripture, there has come to you Our Messenger to make clear to you [the religion] after a period [of suspension] of messengers, lest you say, "There came not to us any bringer of good tidings or a warner." But there has come to you a bringer of good tidings and a warner. And Allāh is over all things competent.

Transliteration

Ayah 19

Ya ahla alkitabi qad jaakum rasooluna yubayyinu lakum AAala fatratin mina alrrusuli an taqooloo ma jaana min basheerin wala natheerin faqad jaakum basheerun wanatheerun waAllahu AAala kulli shayin qadeerun

Word-by-word

Ayah 19

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَهْلَ Yaahla O People أ ه ل
2 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book! ك ت ب
3 قَدْ qad Surely —
4 جَآءَكُمْ jaakum has come to you ج ي أ
5 رَسُولُنَا rasooluna Our Messenger ر س ل
6 يُبَيِّنُ yubayyinu he makes clear ب ي ن
7 لَكُمْ lakum to you —
8 عَلَىٰ AAala [on] —
9 فَتْرَةٍ fatratin (after) an interval (of cessation) ف ت ر
10 مِّنَ mina of —
11 الرُّسُلِ alrrusuli the Messengers ر س ل
12 أَن an lest —
13 تَقُولُواْ taqooloo you say ق و ل
14 مَا ma Not —
15 جَآءَنَا jaana (has) come to us ج ي أ
16 مِن min any —
17 بَشِيرٍ basheerin bearer of glad tidings ب ش ر
18 وَلَا wala and not —
19 نَذِيرٍ natheerin a warner ن ذ ر
20 فَقَدْ faqad But surely —
21 جَآءَكُم jaakum has come to you ج ي أ
22 بَشِيرٌ basheerun a bearer of glad tidings ب ش ر
23 وَنَذِيرٌ wanatheerun and a warner ن ذ ر
24 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
25 عَلَىٰ AAala (is) on —
26 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
27 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
28 قَدِيرٌ qadeerun All-Powerful ق د ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 20

وَإِذْ قَالَ مُوسَىٰ لِقَوْمِهِۦ يَٰقَوْمِ ٱذْكُرُوا۟ نِعْمَةَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْكُمْ إِذْ جَعَلَ فِيكُمْ أَنۢبِيَآءَ وَجَعَلَكُم مُّلُوكًۭا وَءَاتَىٰكُم مَّا لَمْ يُؤْتِ أَحَدًۭا مِّنَ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ.(20)

And [mention, O Muḥammad], when Moses said to his people, "O my people, remember the favor of Allāh upon you when He appointed among you prophets and made you possessors1 and gave you that which He had not given anyone among the worlds. [Al-Maaida: 20]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 20

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [mention, O Muḥammad], when Moses said to his people, "O my people, remember the favor of Allāh upon you when He appointed among you prophets and made you possessors1 and gave you that which He had not given anyone among the worlds.

Transliteration

Ayah 20

Waith qala moosa liqawmihi ya qawmi othkuroo niAAmata Allahi AAalaykum ith jaAAala feekum anbiyaa wajaAAalakum mulookan waatakum ma lam yuti ahadan mina alAAalameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 20

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذْ Waith And when —
2 قَالَ qala said ق و ل
3 مُوسَىٰ moosa Musa —
4 لِقَوْمِهِۦ liqawmihi to his people ق و م
5 يَاقَوْمِ yaqawmi O my people ق و م
6 اذْكُرُواْ othkuroo remember ذ ك ر
7 نِعْمَةَ niAAmata (the) Favor ن ع م
8 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
9 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum upon you —
10 إِذْ ith when —
11 جَعَلَ jaAAala He placed ج ع ل
12 فِيكُمْ feekum among you —
13 أَنبِيَآءَ anbiyaa Prophets ن ب أ
14 وَجَعَلَكُم wajaAAalakum and made you ج ع ل
15 مُّلُوكًا mulookan kings م ل ك
16 وَآتَاكُم waatakum and He gave you أ ت ي
17 مَّا ma what —
18 لَمْ lam not —
19 يُؤْتِ yuti He (had) given أ ت ي
20 أَحَدًا ahadan (to) anyone أ ح د
21 مِّنْ mina from —
22 الْعَالَمِينَ alAAalameena the worlds ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 21

يَٰقَوْمِ ٱدْخُلُوا۟ ٱلْأَرْضَ ٱلْمُقَدَّسَةَ ٱلَّتِى كَتَبَ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمْ وَلَا تَرْتَدُّوا۟ عَلَىٰٓ أَدْبَارِكُمْ فَتَنقَلِبُوا۟ خَٰسِرِينَ.(21)

O my people, enter the blessed land [i.e., Palestine] which Allāh has assigned to you and do not turn back [from fighting in Allāh's cause] and [thus] become losers." [Al-Maaida: 21]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 21

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O my people, enter the blessed land [i.e., Palestine] which Allāh has assigned to you and do not turn back [from fighting in Allāh's cause] and [thus] become losers."

Transliteration

Ayah 21

Ya qawmi odkhuloo alarda almuqaddasata allatee kataba Allahu lakum wala tartaddoo AAala adbarikum fatanqaliboo khasireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 21

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاقَوْمِ Yaqawmi O my people! ق و م
2 ادْخُلُواْ odkhuloo Enter د خ ل
3 الْأَرْضَ alarda the land أ ر ض
4 الْمُقَدَّسَةَ almuqaddasata the Holy ق د س
5 الَّتِى allatee which —
6 كَتَبَ kataba (has been) ordained ك ت ب
7 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
8 لَكُمْ lakum for you —
9 وَلَا wala and (do) not —
10 تَرْتَدُّوا tartaddoo turn ر د د
11 عَلَىٰٓ AAala on —
12 أَدْبَارِكُمْ adbarikum your backs د ب ر
13 فَتَنقَلِبُوا fatanqaliboo then you will turn back ق ل ب
14 خَاسِرِينَ khasireena (as) losers خ س ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 22

قَالُوا۟ يَٰمُوسَىٰٓ إِنَّ فِيهَا قَوْمًۭا جَبَّارِينَ وَإِنَّا لَن نَّدْخُلَهَا حَتَّىٰ يَخْرُجُوا۟ مِنْهَا فَإِن يَخْرُجُوا۟ مِنْهَا فَإِنَّا دَٰخِلُونَ.(22)

They said, "O Moses, indeed within it is a people of tyrannical strength, and indeed, we will never enter it until they leave it; but if they leave it, then we will enter." [Al-Maaida: 22]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 22

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They said, "O Moses, indeed within it is a people of tyrannical strength, and indeed, we will never enter it until they leave it; but if they leave it, then we will enter."

Transliteration

Ayah 22

Qaloo ya moosa inna feeha qawman jabbareena wainna lan nadkhulaha hatta yakhrujoo minha fain yakhrujoo minha fainna dakhiloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 22

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالُواْ Qaloo They said ق و ل
2 يَامُوسَىٰٓ yamoosa O Musa! —
3 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
4 فِيهَا feeha in it —
5 قَوْمًا qawman (are) people ق و م
6 جَبَّارِينَ jabbareena (of) tyrannical strength ج ب ر
7 وَإِنَّا wainna and indeed we —
8 لَن lan never —
9 نَّدْخُلَهَا nadkhulaha will enter it د خ ل
10 حَتَّىٰ hatta until —
11 يَخْرُجُواْ yakhrujoo they leave خ ر ج
12 مِنْهَا minha from it —
13 فَإِن fain and if —
14 يَخْرُجُواْ yakhrujoo they leave خ ر ج
15 مِنْهَا minha [from] it —
16 فَإِنَّا fainna then certainly we (will) —
17 دَاخِلُونَ dakhiloona enter (it) د خ ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 23

قَالَ رَجُلَانِ مِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ يَخَافُونَ أَنْعَمَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِمَا ٱدْخُلُوا۟ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْبَابَ فَإِذَا دَخَلْتُمُوهُ فَإِنَّكُمْ غَٰلِبُونَ ۚ وَعَلَى ٱللَّهِ فَتَوَكَّلُوٓا۟ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ.(23)

Said two men from those who feared [to disobey] upon whom Allāh had bestowed favor, "Enter upon them through the gate, for when you have entered it, you will be predominant.1 And upon Allāh rely, if you should be believers." [Al-Maaida: 23]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 23

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Said two men from those who feared [to disobey] upon whom Allāh had bestowed favor, "Enter upon them through the gate, for when you have entered it, you will be predominant.1 And upon Allāh rely, if you should be believers."

Transliteration

Ayah 23

Qala rajulani mina allatheena yakhafoona anAAama Allahu AAalayhima odkhuloo AAalayhimu albaba faitha dakhaltumoohu fainnakum ghaliboona waAAala Allahi fatawakkaloo in kuntum mumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 23

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala Said ق و ل
2 رَجُلَانِ rajulani two men ر ج ل
3 مِنَ mina from —
4 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
5 يَخَافُونَ yakhafoona feared (Allah) خ و ف
6 أَنْعَمَ anAAama (had) favored ن ع م
7 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
8 عَلَيْهِمَا AAalayhima [on] both of them —
9 ادْخُلُواْ odkhuloo Enter د خ ل
10 عَلَيْهِمُ AAalayhimu upon them —
11 الْبَابَ albaba (through) the gate ب و ب
12 فَإِذَا faitha then when —
13 دَخَلْتُمُوهُ dakhaltumoohu you have entered it د خ ل
14 فَإِنَّكُمْ fainnakum then indeed you (will be) —
15 غَالِبُونَ ghaliboona victorious غ ل ب
16 وَعَلَى waAAala And upon —
17 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
18 فَتَوَكَّلُوٓاْ fatawakkaloo then put your trust و ك ل
19 إِن in if —
20 كُنتُم kuntum you are ك و ن
21 مُّؤْمِنِينَ mumineena believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 24

قَالُوا۟ يَٰمُوسَىٰٓ إِنَّا لَن نَّدْخُلَهَآ أَبَدًۭا مَّا دَامُوا۟ فِيهَا ۖ فَٱذْهَبْ أَنتَ وَرَبُّكَ فَقَٰتِلَآ إِنَّا هَٰهُنَا قَٰعِدُونَ.(24)

They said, "O Moses, indeed we will not enter it, ever, as long as they are within it; so go, you and your Lord, and fight. Indeed, we are remaining right here." [Al-Maaida: 24]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 24

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They said, "O Moses, indeed we will not enter it, ever, as long as they are within it; so go, you and your Lord, and fight. Indeed, we are remaining right here."

Transliteration

Ayah 24

Qaloo ya moosa inna lan nadkhulaha abadan ma damoo feeha faithhab anta warabbuka faqatila inna hahuna qaAAidoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 24

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالُواْ Qaloo They said ق و ل
2 يَامُوسَىٰٓ yamoosa O Musa! —
3 إِنَّا inna Indeed we —
4 لَن lan never —
5 نَّدْخُلَهَآ nadkhulaha will enter it د خ ل
6 أَبَدًا abadan ever أ ب د
7 مَّا ma as long as —
8 دَامُواْ damoo they are د و م
9 فِيهَا feeha in it —
10 فَاذْهَبْ faithhab So go ذ ه ب
11 أَنتَ anta you —
12 وَرَبُّكَ warabbuka and your Lord ر ب ب
13 فَقَاتِلَآ faqatila and you both fight ق ت ل
14 إِنَّا inna Indeed we —
15 هَاهُنَا hahuna are [here] —
16 قَاعِدُونَ qaAAidoona sitting ق ع د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 25

قَالَ رَبِّ إِنِّى لَآ أَمْلِكُ إِلَّا نَفْسِى وَأَخِى ۖ فَٱفْرُقْ بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلْفَٰسِقِينَ.(25)

[Moses] said, "My Lord, indeed I do not possess [i.e., control] except myself and my brother, so part us1 from the defiantly disobedient people." [Al-Maaida: 25]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 25

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Moses] said, "My Lord, indeed I do not possess [i.e., control] except myself and my brother, so part us1 from the defiantly disobedient people."

Transliteration

Ayah 25

Qala rabbi innee la amliku illa nafsee waakhee faofruq baynana wabayna alqawmi alfasiqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 25

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala He said ق و ل
2 رَبِّ rabbi O my Lord! ر ب ب
3 إِنِّى innee Indeed I —
4 لَآ la (do) not —
5 أَمْلِكُ amliku (have) power م ل ك
6 إِلَّا illa except —
7 نَفْسِى nafsee (over) myself ن ف س
8 وَأَخِى waakhee and my brother أ خ و
9 فَافْرُقْ faofruq so (make a) separation ف ر ق
10 بَيْنَنَا baynana between us ب ي ن
11 وَبَيْنَ wabayna and between ب ي ن
12 الْقَوْمِ alqawmi the people ق و م
13 الْفَاسِقِينَ alfasiqeena (the) defiantly disobedient ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 26

قَالَ فَإِنَّهَا مُحَرَّمَةٌ عَلَيْهِمْ ۛ أَرْبَعِينَ سَنَةًۭ ۛ يَتِيهُونَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ فَلَا تَأْسَ عَلَى ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلْفَٰسِقِينَ.(26)

[Allāh] said, "Then indeed, it is forbidden to them for forty years [in which] they will wander throughout the land. So do not grieve over the defiantly disobedient people." [Al-Maaida: 26]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 26

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Allāh] said, "Then indeed, it is forbidden to them for forty years [in which] they will wander throughout the land. So do not grieve over the defiantly disobedient people."

Transliteration

Ayah 26

Qala fainnaha muharramatun AAalayhim arbaAAeena sanatan yateehoona fee alardi fala tasa AAala alqawmi alfasiqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 26

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala (Allah) said ق و ل
2 فَإِنَّهَا fainnaha Then indeed it —
3 مُحَرَّمَةٌ muharramatun (will be) forbidden ح ر م
4 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim to them —
5 أَرْبَعِينَ arbaAAeena (for) forty ر ب ع
6 سَنَةً sanatan years س ن و
7 يَتِيهُونَ yateehoona they will wander ت ي ه
8 فِى fee in —
9 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
10 فَلَا fala So (do) not —
11 تَأْسَ tasa grieve أ س و
12 عَلَى AAala over —
13 الْقَوْمِ alqawmi the people ق و م
14 الْفَاسِقِينَ alfasiqeena the defiantly disobedient ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 27

وَٱتْلُ عَلَيْهِمْ نَبَأَ ٱبْنَىْ ءَادَمَ بِٱلْحَقِّ إِذْ قَرَّبَا قُرْبَانًۭا فَتُقُبِّلَ مِنْ أَحَدِهِمَا وَلَمْ يُتَقَبَّلْ مِنَ ٱلْآخَرِ قَالَ لَأَقْتُلَنَّكَ ۖ قَالَ إِنَّمَا يَتَقَبَّلُ ٱللَّهُ مِنَ ٱلْمُتَّقِينَ.(27)

And recite to them the story of Adam's two sons, in truth, when they both made an offering [to Allāh], and it was accepted from one of them but was not accepted from the other. Said [the latter], "I will surely kill you." Said [the former], "Indeed, Allāh only accepts from the righteous [who fear Him]. [Al-Maaida: 27]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 27

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And recite to them the story of Adam's two sons, in truth, when they both made an offering [to Allāh], and it was accepted from one of them but was not accepted from the other. Said [the latter], "I will surely kill you." Said [the former], "Indeed, Allāh only accepts from the righteous [who fear Him].

Transliteration

Ayah 27

Waotlu AAalayhim nabaa ibnay adama bialhaqqi ith qarraba qurbanan fatuqubbila min ahadihima walam yutaqabbal mina alakhari qala laaqtulannaka qala innama yataqabbalu Allahu mina almuttaqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 27

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَاتْلُ Waotlu And recite ت ل و
2 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim to them —
3 نَبَأَ nabaa the story ن ب أ
4 ابْنَىْ ibnay (of) two sons ب ن ي
5 اٰدَمَ adama (of) Adam —
6 بِالْحَقِّ bialhaqqi in truth ح ق ق
7 إِذْ ith when —
8 قَرَّبَا qarraba both offered ق ر ب
9 قُرْبَانًا qurbanan a sacrifice ق ر ب
10 فَتُقُبِّلَ fatuqubbila and it was accepted ق ب ل
11 مِنْ min from —
12 أَحَدِهِمَا ahadihima one of them أ ح د
13 وَلَمْ walam and not —
14 يُتَقَبَّلْ yutaqabbal was accepted ق ب ل
15 مِنَ mina from —
16 الاٰخَرِ alakhari the other أ خ ر
17 قَالَ qala Said (the latter) ق و ل
18 لَأَقْتُلَنَّكَ laaqtulannaka Surely I will kill you ق ت ل
19 قَالَ qala Said (the former) ق و ل
20 إِنَّمَا innama Only —
21 يَتَقَبَّلُ yataqabbalu accepts ق ب ل
22 اللهُ Allahu (does) Allah أ ل ه
23 مِنَ mina from —
24 الْمُتَّقِينَ almuttaqeena the God fearing و ق ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 28

لَئِنۢ بَسَطتَ إِلَىَّ يَدَكَ لِتَقْتُلَنِى مَآ أَنَا۠ بِبَاسِطٍۢ يَدِىَ إِلَيْكَ لِأَقْتُلَكَ ۖ إِنِّىٓ أَخَافُ ٱللَّهَ رَبَّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ.(28)

If you should raise your hand toward me to kill me - I shall not raise my hand toward you to kill you. Indeed, I fear Allāh, Lord of the worlds. [Al-Maaida: 28]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 28

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

If you should raise your hand toward me to kill me - I shall not raise my hand toward you to kill you. Indeed, I fear Allāh, Lord of the worlds.

Transliteration

Ayah 28

Lain basatta ilayya yadaka litaqtulanee ma ana bibasitin yadiya ilayka liaqtulaka innee akhafu Allaha rabba alAAalameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 28

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَئِن Lain If —
2 بَسَطتَ basatta you stretch ب س ط
3 إِلَىَّ ilayya towards me —
4 يَدَكَ yadaka your hand ي د ي
5 لِتَقْتُلَنِى litaqtulanee to kill me ق ت ل
6 مَآ ma not —
7 أَنَا ana will I —
8 بِبَاسِطٍ bibasitin stretch ب س ط
9 يَدِىَ yadiya my hand ي د ي
10 إِلَيْكَ ilayka towards you —
11 لِأَقْتُلَكَ liaqtulaka to kill you ق ت ل
12 إِنِّىٓ innee indeed I —
13 أَخَافُ akhafu fear خ و ف
14 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
15 رَبَّ rabba (the) Lord ر ب ب
16 الْعَالَمِينَ alAAalameena (of) the worlds ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 29

إِنِّىٓ أُرِيدُ أَن تَبُوٓأَ بِإِثْمِى وَإِثْمِكَ فَتَكُونَ مِنْ أَصْحَٰبِ ٱلنَّارِ ۚ وَذَٰلِكَ جَزَٰٓؤُا۟ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ.(29)

Indeed, I want you to obtain [thereby] my sin and your sin so you will be among the companions of the Fire. And that is the recompense of wrongdoers." [Al-Maaida: 29]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 29

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, I want you to obtain [thereby] my sin and your sin so you will be among the companions of the Fire. And that is the recompense of wrongdoers."

Transliteration

Ayah 29

Innee oreedu an tabooa biithmee waithmika fatakoona min ashabi alnnari wathalika jazao alththalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 29

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنِّىٓ Innee Indeed I —
2 أُرِيدُ oreedu wish ر و د
3 أَن an that —
4 تَبُوءَ tabooa you be laden ب و أ
5 بِإِثْمِى biithmee with my sin أ ث م
6 وَإِثْمِكَ waithmika and your sin أ ث م
7 فَتَكُونَ fatakoona so you will be ك و ن
8 مِنْ min among —
9 أَصْحَابِ ashabi (the) companions ص ح ب
10 النَّارِ alnnari (of) the Fire ن و ر
11 وَذَٰلِكَ wathalika and that —
12 جَزَٰٓؤُا jazao (is the) recompense ج ز ي
13 الظَّالِمِينَ alththalimeena (of) the wrong-doers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 30

فَطَوَّعَتْ لَهُۥ نَفْسُهُۥ قَتْلَ أَخِيهِ فَقَتَلَهُۥ فَأَصْبَحَ مِنَ ٱلْخَٰسِرِينَ.(30)

And his soul permitted to him1 the murder of his brother, so he killed him and became among the losers. [Al-Maaida: 30]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 30

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And his soul permitted to him1 the murder of his brother, so he killed him and became among the losers.

Transliteration

Ayah 30

FatawwaAAat lahu nafsuhu qatla akheehi faqatalahu faasbaha mina alkhasireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 30

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَطَوَّعَتْ FatawwaAAat Then prompted ط و ع
2 لَهُۥ lahu to him —
3 نَفْسُهُۥ nafsuhu his soul ن ف س
4 قَتْلَ qatla (to) kill ق ت ل
5 أَخِيهِ akheehi his brother أ خ و
6 فَقَتَلَهُۥ faqatalahu so he killed him ق ت ل
7 فَأَصْبَحَ faasbaha and became ص ب ح
8 مِنَ mina of —
9 الْخَاسِرِينَ alkhasireena the losers خ س ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 31

فَبَعَثَ ٱللَّهُ غُرَابًۭا يَبْحَثُ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ لِيُرِيَهُۥ كَيْفَ يُوَٰرِى سَوْءَةَ أَخِيهِ ۚ قَالَ يَٰوَيْلَتَىٰٓ أَعَجَزْتُ أَنْ أَكُونَ مِثْلَ هَٰذَا ٱلْغُرَابِ فَأُوَٰرِىَ سَوْءَةَ أَخِى ۖ فَأَصْبَحَ مِنَ ٱلنَّٰدِمِينَ.(31)

Then Allāh sent a crow searching [i.e., scratching] in the ground to show him how to hide the disgrace1 of his brother. He said, "O woe to me! Have I failed to be like this crow and hide the disgrace [i.e., body] of my brother?" And he became of the regretful. [Al-Maaida: 31]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 31

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then Allāh sent a crow searching [i.e., scratching] in the ground to show him how to hide the disgrace1 of his brother. He said, "O woe to me! Have I failed to be like this crow and hide the disgrace [i.e., body] of my brother?" And he became of the regretful.

Transliteration

Ayah 31

FabaAAatha Allahu ghuraban yabhathu fee alardi liyuriyahu kayfa yuwaree sawata akheehi qala ya waylata aAAajaztu an akoona mithla hatha alghurabi faowariya sawata akhee faasbaha mina alnnadimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 31

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَبَعَثَ FabaAAatha Then (was) sent ب ع ث
2 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
3 غُرَابًا ghuraban a crow غ ر ب
4 يَبْحَثُ yabhathu it (was) scratching ب ح ث
5 فِى fee in —
6 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
7 لِيُرِيَهُۥ liyuriyahu to show him ر أ ي
8 كَيْفَ kayfa how ك ي ف
9 يُوَارِى yuwaree to hide و ر ي
10 سَوْءةَ sawata (the) dead body س و أ
11 أَخِيهِ akheehi (of) his brother أ خ و
12 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
13 يَاوَيْلَتَىٰٓ yawaylata Woe to me! —
14 أَعَجَزْتُ aAAajaztu Am I unable? ع ج ز
15 أَنْ an that —
16 أَكُونَ akoona I can be ك و ن
17 مِثْلَ mithla like م ث ل
18 هَٰذَا hatha this —
19 الْغُرَابِ alghurabi [the] crow غ ر ب
20 فَأُوَارِىَ faowariya and hide و ر ي
21 سَوْءةَ sawata (the) dead body س و أ
22 أَخِى akhee (of) my brother أ خ و
23 فَأَصْبَحَ faasbaha Then he became ص ب ح
24 مِنَ mina of —
25 النَّادِمِينَ alnnadimeena the regretful ن د م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 32

مِنْ أَجْلِ ذَٰلِكَ كَتَبْنَا عَلَىٰ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ أَنَّهُۥ مَن قَتَلَ نَفْسًۢا بِغَيْرِ نَفْسٍ أَوْ فَسَادٍۢ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَكَأَنَّمَا قَتَلَ ٱلنَّاسَ جَمِيعًۭا وَمَنْ أَحْيَاهَا فَكَأَنَّمَآ أَحْيَا ٱلنَّاسَ جَمِيعًۭا ۚ وَلَقَدْ جَآءَتْهُمْ رُسُلُنَا بِٱلْبَيِّنَٰتِ ثُمَّ إِنَّ كَثِيرًۭا مِّنْهُم بَعْدَ ذَٰلِكَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ لَمُسْرِفُونَ.(32)

Because of that, We decreed upon the Children of Israel that whoever kills a soul unless for a soul1 or for corruption [done] in the land2 - it is as if he had slain mankind entirely. And whoever saves one3 - it is as if he had saved mankind entirely. And Our messengers had certainly come to them with clear proofs. Then indeed many of them, [even] after that, throughout the land, were transgressors.4 [Al-Maaida: 32]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 32

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Because of that, We decreed upon the Children of Israel that whoever kills a soul unless for a soul1 or for corruption [done] in the land2 - it is as if he had slain mankind entirely. And whoever saves one3 - it is as if he had saved mankind entirely. And Our messengers had certainly come to them with clear proofs. Then indeed many of them, [even] after that, throughout the land, were transgressors.4

Transliteration

Ayah 32

Min ajli thalika katabna AAala banee israeela annahu man qatala nafsan bighayri nafsin aw fasadin fee alardi fakaannama qatala alnnasa jameeAAan waman ahyaha fakaannama ahya alnnasa jameeAAan walaqad jaa thum rusuluna bialbayyinati thumma inna katheeran minhum baAAda thalika fee alardi lamusrifoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 32

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مِنْ Min From —
2 أَجْلِ ajli time أ ج ل
3 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that —
4 كَتَبْنَا katabna We ordained ك ت ب
5 عَلَىٰ AAala on —
6 بَنِىٓ banee (the) Children ب ن ي
7 إِسْرَائِيلَ israeela (of) Israel —
8 أَنَّهُۥ annahu that he —
9 مَن man who —
10 قَتَلَ qatala kills ق ت ل
11 نَفْسًا nafsan a soul ن ف س
12 بِغَيْرِ bighayri other than غ ي ر
13 نَفْسٍ nafsin (for) a soul ن ف س
14 أَوْ aw or —
15 فَسَادٍ fasadin (for) spreading corruption ف س د
16 فِى fee in —
17 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
18 فَكَأَنَّمَا fakaannama then (it) is as if —
19 قَتَلَ qatala he has killed ق ت ل
20 النَّاسَ alnnasa mankind ن و س
21 جَمِيعًا jameeAAan all ج م ع
22 وَمَنْ waman and whoever —
23 أَحْيَاهَا ahyaha saves it ح ي ي
24 فَكَأَنَّمَآ fakaannama then (it) is as if —
25 أَحْيَا ahya he has saved ح ي ي
26 النَّاسَ alnnasa mankind ن و س
27 جَمِيعًا jameeAAan all ج م ع
28 وَلَقَدْ walaqad And surely —
29 جَآءَتْهُمْ jaathum came to them ج ي أ
30 رُسُلُنَا rusuluna Our Messengers ر س ل
31 بِالبَيِّنَاتِ bialbayyinati with clear Signs ب ي ن
32 ثُمَّ thumma yet —
33 إِنَّ inna indeed —
34 كَثِيرًا katheeran many ك ث ر
35 مِّنْهُم minhum of them —
36 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
37 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that —
38 فِى fee in —
39 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
40 لَمُسْرِفُونَ lamusrifoona (are) surely those who commit excesses س ر ف

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 33

إِنَّمَا جَزَٰٓؤُا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ يُحَارِبُونَ ٱللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُۥ وَيَسْعَوْنَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَسَادًا أَن يُقَتَّلُوٓا۟ أَوْ يُصَلَّبُوٓا۟ أَوْ تُقَطَّعَ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَأَرْجُلُهُم مِّنْ خِلَٰفٍ أَوْ يُنفَوْا۟ مِنَ ٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ لَهُمْ خِزْىٌۭ فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا ۖ وَلَهُمْ فِى ٱلْآخِرَةِ عَذَابٌ عَظِيمٌ.(33)

Indeed, the penalty1 for those who wage war2 against Allāh and His Messenger and strive upon earth [to cause] corruption is none but that they be killed or crucified or that their hands and feet be cut off from opposite sides or that they be exiled from the land. That is for them a disgrace in this world; and for them in the Hereafter is a great punishment, [Al-Maaida: 33]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 33

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, the penalty1 for those who wage war2 against Allāh and His Messenger and strive upon earth [to cause] corruption is none but that they be killed or crucified or that their hands and feet be cut off from opposite sides or that they be exiled from the land. That is for them a disgrace in this world; and for them in the Hereafter is a great punishment,

Transliteration

Ayah 33

Innama jazao allatheena yuhariboona Allaha warasoolahu wayasAAawna fee alardi fasadan an yuqattaloo aw yusallaboo aw tuqattaAAa aydeehim waarjuluhum min khilafin aw yunfaw mina alardi thalika lahum khizyun fee alddunya walahum fee alakhirati AAathabun AAatheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 33

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّمَا Innama Only —
2 جَزَٰٓؤُا jazao (the) recompense ج ز ي
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena (for) those who —
4 يُحَارِبُونَ yuhariboona wage war ح ر ب
5 اللهَ Allaha (against) Allah أ ل ه
6 وَرَسُولَهُۥ warasoolahu and His Messenger ر س ل
7 وَيَسْعَوْنَ wayasAAawna and strive س ع ي
8 فِى fee in —
9 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
10 فَسَادًا fasadan spreading corruption ف س د
11 أَن an (is) that —
12 يُقَتَّلُوٓاْ yuqattaloo they be killed ق ت ل
13 أَوْ aw or —
14 يُصَلَّبُوٓاْ yusallaboo they be crucified ص ل ب
15 أَوْ aw or —
16 تُقَطَّعَ tuqattaAAa be cut off ق ط ع
17 أَيْدِيهِمْ aydeehim their hands ي د ي
18 وَأَرْجُلُهُم waarjuluhum and their feet ر ج ل
19 مِّنْ min of —
20 خِلَافٍ khilafin opposite sides خ ل ف
21 أَوْ aw or —
22 يُنفَوْاْ yunfaw they be exiled ن ف ي
23 مِنَ mina from —
24 الْأَرْضِ alardi the land أ ر ض
25 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That —
26 لَهُمْ lahum (is) for them —
27 خِزْىٌ khizyun disgrace خ ز ي
28 فِى fee in —
29 الدُّنْيَا alddunya the world د ن و
30 وَلَهُمْ walahum and for them —
31 فِى fee in —
32 الاٰخِرَةِ alakhirati the Hereafter أ خ ر
33 عَذَابٌ AAathabun (is) a punishment ع ذ ب
34 عَظِيمٌ AAatheemun great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 34

إِلَّا ٱلَّذِينَ تَابُوا۟ مِن قَبْلِ أَن تَقْدِرُوا۟ عَلَيْهِمْ ۖ فَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌۭ رَّحِيمٌۭ.(34)

Except for those who return [repenting] before you overcome [i.e., apprehend] them. And know that Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful. [Al-Maaida: 34]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 34

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Except for those who return [repenting] before you overcome [i.e., apprehend] them. And know that Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 34

Illa allatheena taboo min qabli an taqdiroo AAalayhim faiAAlamoo anna Allaha ghafoorun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 34

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِلَّا Illa Except —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
3 تَابُواْ taboo repent ت و ب
4 مِن min from —
5 قَبْلِ qabli before ق ب ل
6 أَن an that —
7 تَقْدِرُواْ taqdiroo you overpower ق د ر
8 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim [over] them —
9 فَاعْلَمُوٓاْ faiAAlamoo then know ع ل م
10 أَنَّ anna that —
11 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
12 غَفُورٌ ghafoorun (is) Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
13 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 35

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَٱبْتَغُوٓا۟ إِلَيْهِ ٱلْوَسِيلَةَ وَجَٰهِدُوا۟ فِى سَبِيلِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُفْلِحُونَ.(35)

O you who have believed, fear Allāh and seek the means [of nearness] to Him and strive in His cause that you may succeed. [Al-Maaida: 35]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 35

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, fear Allāh and seek the means [of nearness] to Him and strive in His cause that you may succeed.

Transliteration

Ayah 35

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo ittaqoo Allaha waibtaghoo ilayhi alwaseelata wajahidoo fee sabeelihi laAAallakum tuflihoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 35

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 اتَّقُواْ ittaqoo Fear و ق ي
5 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
6 وَابْتَغُوٓاْ waibtaghoo and seek ب غ ي
7 إِلَيْهِ ilayhi towards Him —
8 الْوَسِيلَةَ alwaseelata the means و س ل
9 وَجَاهِدُواْ wajahidoo and strive hard ج ه د
10 فِى fee in —
11 سَبِيلِهِۦ sabeelihi His way س ب ل
12 لَعَلَّكُمْ laAAallakum so that you may —
13 تُفْلِحُونَ tuflihoona succeed ف ل ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 36

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ لَوْ أَنَّ لَهُم مَّا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ جَمِيعًۭا وَمِثْلَهُۥ مَعَهُۥ لِيَفْتَدُوا۟ بِهِۦ مِنْ عَذَابِ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ مَا تُقُبِّلَ مِنْهُمْ ۖ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌۭ.(36)

Indeed, those who disbelieve - if they should have all that is in the earth and the like of it with it by which to ransom themselves from the punishment of the Day of Resurrection, it will not be accepted from them, and for them is a painful punishment. [Al-Maaida: 36]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 36

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those who disbelieve - if they should have all that is in the earth and the like of it with it by which to ransom themselves from the punishment of the Day of Resurrection, it will not be accepted from them, and for them is a painful punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 36

Inna allatheena kafaroo law anna lahum ma fee alardi jameeAAan wamithlahu maAAahu liyaftadoo bihi min AAathabi yawmi alqiyamati ma tuqubbila minhum walahum AAathabun aleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 36

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
3 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieve ك ف ر
4 لَوْ law if —
5 أَنَّ anna that —
6 لَهُم lahum for them —
7 مَّا ma (is) what —
8 فِى fee (is) in —
9 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
10 جَمِيعًا jameeAAan all ج م ع
11 وَمِثْلَهُۥ wamithlahu and the like of it م ث ل
12 مَعَهُۥ maAAahu with it —
13 لِيَفْتَدُواْ liyaftadoo to ransom themselves ف د ي
14 بِهِۦ bihi with it —
15 مِنْ min from —
16 عَذَابِ AAathabi (the) punishment ع ذ ب
17 يَوْمِ yawmi (of the) Day ي و م
18 الْقِيَامَةِ alqiyamati (of) the Resurrection ق و م
19 مَا ma not —
20 تُقُبِّلَ tuqubbila will be accepted ق ب ل
21 مِنْهُمْ minhum from them —
22 وَلَهُمْ walahum and for them —
23 عَذَابٌ AAathabun (is) a punishment ع ذ ب
24 أَلِيمٌ aleemun painful أ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 37

يُرِيدُونَ أَن يَخْرُجُوا۟ مِنَ ٱلنَّارِ وَمَا هُم بِخَٰرِجِينَ مِنْهَا ۖ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌۭ مُّقِيمٌۭ.(37)

They will wish to get out of the Fire, but never are they to emerge therefrom, and for them is an enduring punishment. [Al-Maaida: 37]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 37

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They will wish to get out of the Fire, but never are they to emerge therefrom, and for them is an enduring punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 37

Yureedoona an yakhrujoo mina alnnari wama hum bikharijeena minha walahum AAathabun muqeemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 37

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يُرِيدُونَ Yureedoona They will wish ر و د
2 أَن an that —
3 يَخْرُجُواْ yakhrujoo they come out خ ر ج
4 مِنَ mina of —
5 النَّارِ alnnari the Fire ن و ر
6 وَمَا wama but not —
7 هُم hum they —
8 بِخَارِجِينَ bikharijeena will come out خ ر ج
9 مِنْهَا minha of it —
10 وَلَهُمْ walahum And for them —
11 عَذَابٌ AAathabun (is) a punishment ع ذ ب
12 مُّقِيمٌ muqeemun lasting ق و م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 38

وَٱلسَّارِقُ وَٱلسَّارِقَةُ فَٱقْطَعُوٓا۟ أَيْدِيَهُمَا جَزَآءًۢ بِمَا كَسَبَا نَكَٰلًۭا مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَزِيزٌ حَكِيمٌۭ.(38)

[As for] the thief, the male and the female, amputate their hands in recompense for what they earned [i.e., committed] as a deterrent [punishment] from Allāh. And Allāh is Exalted in Might and Wise. [Al-Maaida: 38]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 38

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[As for] the thief, the male and the female, amputate their hands in recompense for what they earned [i.e., committed] as a deterrent [punishment] from Allāh. And Allāh is Exalted in Might and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 38

Waalssariqu waalssariqatu faiqtaAAoo aydiyahuma jazaan bima kasaba nakalan mina Allahi waAllahu AAazeezun hakeemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 38

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالسَّارِقُ Waalssariqu And (for) the male thief س ر ق
2 وَالسَّارِقَةُ waalssariqatu and the female thief س ر ق
3 فَاقْطَعُواْ faiqtaAAoo [then] cut off ق ط ع
4 أَيْدِيَهُمَا aydiyahuma their hands ي د ي
5 جَزَآءً jazaan (as) a recompense ج ز ي
6 بِمَا bima for what —
7 كَسَبَا kasaba they earned ك س ب
8 نَكَالًا nakalan (as) an exemplary (punishment) ن ك ل
9 مِّنَ mina from —
10 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
11 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
12 عَزِيزٌ AAazeezun (is) All-Mighty ع ز ز
13 حَكِيمٌ hakeemun All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 39

فَمَن تَابَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ ظُلْمِهِۦ وَأَصْلَحَ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَتُوبُ عَلَيْهِ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌۭ رَّحِيمٌ.(39)

But whoever repents after his wrongdoing and reforms, indeed, Allāh will turn to him in forgiveness. Indeed, Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful. [Al-Maaida: 39]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 39

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But whoever repents after his wrongdoing and reforms, indeed, Allāh will turn to him in forgiveness. Indeed, Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 39

Faman taba min baAAdi thulmihi waaslaha fainna Allaha yatoobu AAalayhi inna Allaha ghafoorun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 39

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَمَن Faman But whoever —
2 تَابَ taba repented ت و ب
3 مِن min from —
4 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
5 ظُلْمِهِۦ thulmihi his wrongdoing ظ ل م
6 وَأَصْلَحَ waaslaha and reforms ص ل ح
7 فَإِنَّ fainna then indeed —
8 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
9 يَتُوبُ yatoobu will turn in forgiveness ت و ب
10 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi to him —
11 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
12 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
13 غَفُورٌ ghafoorun (is) Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
14 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 40

أَلَمْ تَعْلَمْ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَهُۥ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ يُعَذِّبُ مَن يَشَآءُ وَيَغْفِرُ لِمَن يَشَآءُ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍۢ قَدِيرٌۭ.(40)

Do you not know that to Allāh belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth? He punishes whom He wills and forgives whom He wills, and Allāh is over all things competent. [Al-Maaida: 40]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 40

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Do you not know that to Allāh belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth? He punishes whom He wills and forgives whom He wills, and Allāh is over all things competent.

Transliteration

Ayah 40

Alam taAAlam anna Allaha lahu mulku alssamawati waalardi yuAAaththibu man yashao wayaghfiru liman yashao waAllahu AAala kulli shayin qadeerun

Word-by-word

Ayah 40

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَلَمْ Alam Do not? —
2 تَعْلَمْ taAAlam you know ع ل م
3 أَنَّ anna that —
4 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
5 لَهُۥ lahu to Him (belongs) —
6 مُلْكُ mulku (the) dominion م ل ك
7 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati (of) the heavens س م و
8 وَالْأَرْضِ waalardi and the earth أ ر ض
9 يُعَذِّبُ yuAAaththibu He punishes ع ذ ب
10 مَن man whom —
11 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
12 وَيَغْفِرُ wayaghfiru and He forgives غ ف ر
13 لِمَن liman [to] whom —
14 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
15 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
16 عَلَىٰ AAala (is) on —
17 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
18 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
19 قَدِيرٌ qadeerun All-Powerful ق د ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 41

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلرَّسُولُ لَا يَحْزُنكَ ٱلَّذِينَ يُسَٰرِعُونَ فِى ٱلْكُفْرِ مِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ قَالُوٓا۟ ءَامَنَّا بِأَفْوَٰهِهِمْ وَلَمْ تُؤْمِن قُلُوبُهُمْ ۛ وَمِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ هَادُوا۟ ۛ سَمَّٰعُونَ لِلْكَذِبِ سَمَّٰعُونَ لِقَوْمٍ ءَاخَرِينَ لَمْ يَأْتُوكَ ۖ يُحَرِّفُونَ ٱلْكَلِمَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَوَاضِعِهِۦ ۖ يَقُولُونَ إِنْ أُوتِيتُمْ هَٰذَا فَخُذُوهُ وَإِن لَّمْ تُؤْتَوْهُ فَٱحْذَرُوا۟ ۚ وَمَن يُرِدِ ٱللَّهُ فِتْنَتَهُۥ فَلَن تَمْلِكَ لَهُۥ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ شَيْـًٔا ۚ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ لَمْ يُرِدِ ٱللَّهُ أَن يُطَهِّرَ قُلُوبَهُمْ ۚ لَهُمْ فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا خِزْىٌۭ ۖ وَلَهُمْ فِى ٱلْآخِرَةِ عَذَابٌ عَظِيمٌۭ.(41)

O Messenger, let them not grieve you who hasten into disbelief of those who say, "We believe" with their mouths, but their hearts believe not, and from among the Jews. [They are] avid listeners to falsehood, listening to another people who have not come to you.1 They distort words beyond their [proper] places [i.e., usages], saying, "If you are given this,2 take it; but if you are not given it, then beware." But he for whom Allāh intends fitnah3 - never will you possess [power to do] for him a thing against Allāh. Those are the ones for whom Allāh does not intend to purify their hearts. For them in this world is disgrace, and for them in the Hereafter is a great punishment. [Al-Maaida: 41]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 41

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O Messenger, let them not grieve you who hasten into disbelief of those who say, "We believe" with their mouths, but their hearts believe not, and from among the Jews. [They are] avid listeners to falsehood, listening to another people who have not come to you.1 They distort words beyond their [proper] places [i.e., usages], saying, "If you are given this,2 take it; but if you are not given it, then beware." But he for whom Allāh intends fitnah3 - never will you possess [power to do] for him a thing against Allāh. Those are the ones for whom Allāh does not intend to purify their hearts. For them in this world is disgrace, and for them in the Hereafter is a great punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 41

Ya ayyuha alrrasoolu la yahzunka allatheena yusariAAoona fee alkufri mina allatheena qaloo amanna biafwahihim walam tumin quloobuhum wamina allatheena hadoo sammaAAoona lilkathibi sammaAAoona liqawmin akhareena lam yatooka yuharrifoona alkalima min baAAdi mawadiAAihi yaqooloona in ooteetum hatha fakhuthoohu wain lam tutawhu faihtharoo waman yuridi Allahu fitnatahu falan tamlika lahu mina Allahi shayan olaika allatheena lam yuridi Allahu an yutahhira quloobahum lahum fee alddunya khizyun walahum fee alakhirati AAathabun AAatheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 41

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O —
2 الرَّسُولُ alrrasoolu Messenger! ر س ل
3 لَا la not —
4 يَحْزُنكَ yahzunka Let grieve you ح ز ن
5 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
6 يُسَارِعُونَ yusariAAoona hasten س ر ع
7 فِى fee in (to) —
8 الْكُفْرِ alkufri [the] disbelief ك ف ر
9 مِنَ mina of —
10 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
11 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo said ق و ل
12 اٰمَنَّا amanna We believe أ م ن
13 بِأَفْوَاهِهِمْ biafwahihim with their mouths ف و ه
14 وَلَمْ walam and not —
15 تُؤْمِن tumin believe أ م ن
16 قُلُوبُهُمْ quloobuhum their hearts ق ل ب
17 وَمِنَ wamina and from —
18 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
19 هَادُواْ hadoo (are) Jews ه و د
20 سَمَّاعُونَ sammaAAoona They (are) listeners س م ع
21 لِلْكَذِبِ lilkathibi to falsehood ك ذ ب
22 سَمَّاعُونَ sammaAAoona (and) listeners س م ع
23 لِقَوْمٍ liqawmin for people ق و م
24 اٰخَرِينَ akhareena other أ خ ر
25 لَمْ lam (who have) not —
26 يَأْتُوكَ yatooka come to you أ ت ي
27 يُحَرِّفُونَ yuharrifoona They distort ح ر ف
28 الْكَلِمَ alkalima the words ك ل م
29 مِن min from —
30 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
31 مَوَاضِعِهِۦ mawadiAAihi their context و ض ع
32 يَقُولُونَ yaqooloona saying ق و ل
33 إِنْ in If —
34 أُوتِيتُمْ ooteetum you are given أ ت ي
35 هَٰذَا hatha this —
36 فَخُذُوهُ fakhuthoohu [so] take it أ خ ذ
37 وَإِن wain but if —
38 لَّمْ lam not —
39 تُؤْتَوْهُ tutawhu you are given it أ ت ي
40 فَاحْذَرُواْ faihtharoo then beware ح ذ ر
41 وَمَن waman And (for) whom —
42 يُرِدِ yuridi intends ر و د
43 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
44 فِتْنَتَهُۥ fitnatahu his trial ف ت ن
45 فَلَن falan then never —
46 تَمْلِكَ tamlika will you have power م ل ك
47 لَهُۥ lahu for him —
48 مِنَ mina against —
49 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
50 شَيْئًا shayan anything ش ي أ
51 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika Those —
52 الَّذِينَ allatheena (are) the ones —
53 لَمْ lam never —
54 يُرِدِ yuridi will intend ر و د
55 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
56 أَن an that —
57 يُطَهِّرَ yutahhira He purifies ط ه ر
58 قُلُوبَهُمْ quloobahum their hearts ق ل ب
59 لَهُمْ lahum For them —
60 فِى fee in —
61 الدُّنْيَا alddunya the world د ن و
62 خِزْىٌ khizyun (is) disgrace خ ز ي
63 وَلَهُمْ walahum and for them —
64 فِى fee in —
65 الاٰخِرَةِ alakhirati the Hereafter أ خ ر
66 عَذَابٌ AAathabun (is) a punishment ع ذ ب
67 عَظِيمٌ AAatheemun great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 42

سَمَّٰعُونَ لِلْكَذِبِ أَكَّٰلُونَ لِلسُّحْتِ ۚ فَإِن جَآءُوكَ فَٱحْكُم بَيْنَهُمْ أَوْ أَعْرِضْ عَنْهُمْ ۖ وَإِن تُعْرِضْ عَنْهُمْ فَلَن يَضُرُّوكَ شَيْـًۭٔا ۖ وَإِنْ حَكَمْتَ فَٱحْكُم بَيْنَهُم بِٱلْقِسْطِ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُقْسِطِينَ.(42)

[They are] avid listeners to falsehood, devourers of [what is] unlawful. So if they come to you, [O Muḥammad], judge between them or turn away from them. And if you turn away from them - never will they harm you at all. And if you judge, judge between them with justice. Indeed, Allāh loves those who act justly. [Al-Maaida: 42]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 42

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[They are] avid listeners to falsehood, devourers of [what is] unlawful. So if they come to you, [O Muḥammad], judge between them or turn away from them. And if you turn away from them - never will they harm you at all. And if you judge, judge between them with justice. Indeed, Allāh loves those who act justly.

Transliteration

Ayah 42

SammaAAoona lilkathibi akkaloona lilssuhti fain jaooka faohkum baynahum aw aAArid AAanhum wain tuAArid AAanhum falan yadurrooka shayan wain hakamta faohkum baynahum bialqisti inna Allaha yuhibbu almuqsiteena

Word-by-word

Ayah 42

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 سَمَّاعُونَ SammaAAoona Listeners س م ع
2 لِلْكَذِبِ lilkathibi to [the] falsehood ك ذ ب
3 أَكَّالُونَ akkaloona devourers أ ك ل
4 لِلسُّحْتِ lilssuhti of the forbidden س ح ت
5 فَإِن fain So if —
6 جَآءُوكَ jaooka they come to you ج ي أ
7 فَاحْكُم faohkum then judge ح ك م
8 بَيْنَهُم baynahum between them ب ي ن
9 أَوْ aw or —
10 أَعْرِضْ aAArid turn away ع ر ض
11 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum from them —
12 وَإِن wain And if —
13 تُعْرِضْ tuAArid you turn away ع ر ض
14 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum from them —
15 فَلَن falan then never —
16 يَضُرُّوكَ yadurrooka will they harm you ض ر ر
17 شَيْئًا shayan (in) anything ش ي أ
18 وَإِنْ wain And if —
19 حَكَمْتَ hakamta you judge ح ك م
20 فَاحْكُم faohkum then judge —
21 بَيْنَهُمْ baynahum between them ب ي ن
22 بِالْقِسْطِ bialqisti with [the] justice ق س ط
23 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
24 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
25 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu loves ح ب ب
26 الْمُقْسِطِينَ almuqsiteena the ones who are just ق س ط

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 43

وَكَيْفَ يُحَكِّمُونَكَ وَعِندَهُمُ ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةُ فِيهَا حُكْمُ ٱللَّهِ ثُمَّ يَتَوَلَّوْنَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ ذَٰلِكَ ۚ وَمَآ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ بِٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ.(43)

But how is it that they come to you for judgement while they have the Torah, in which is the judgement of Allāh? Then they turn away, [even] after that; but those are not [in fact] believers. [Al-Maaida: 43]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 43

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But how is it that they come to you for judgement while they have the Torah, in which is the judgement of Allāh? Then they turn away, [even] after that; but those are not [in fact] believers.

Transliteration

Ayah 43

Wakayfa yuhakkimoonaka waAAindahumu alttawratu feeha hukmu Allahi thumma yatawallawna min baAAdi thalika wama olaika bialmumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 43

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَكَيْفَ Wakayfa But how can? ك ي ف
2 يُحَكِّمُونَكَ yuhakkimoonaka they appoint you a judge ح ك م
3 وَعِندَهُمُ waAAindahumu while they (have) with them ع ن د
4 التَّوْرَاةُ alttawratu the Taurat —
5 فِيهَا feeha in it —
6 حُكْمُ hukmu (is the) Command ح ك م
7 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
8 ثُمَّ thumma Then —
9 يَتَوَلَّوْنَ yatawallawna they turn away و ل ي
10 مِن min from —
11 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
12 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that —
13 وَمَآ wama and not —
14 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika those —
15 بِالْمُؤْمِنِينَ bialmumineena (are) the believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 44

إِنَّآ أَنزَلْنَا ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةَ فِيهَا هُدًۭى وَنُورٌۭ ۚ يَحْكُمُ بِهَا ٱلنَّبِيُّونَ ٱلَّذِينَ أَسْلَمُوا۟ لِلَّذِينَ هَادُوا۟ وَٱلرَّبَّٰنِيُّونَ وَٱلْأَحْبَارُ بِمَا ٱسْتُحْفِظُوا۟ مِن كِتَٰبِ ٱللَّهِ وَكَانُوا۟ عَلَيْهِ شُهَدَآءَ ۚ فَلَا تَخْشَوُا۟ ٱلنَّاسَ وَٱخْشَوْنِ وَلَا تَشْتَرُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِى ثَمَنًۭا قَلِيلًۭا ۚ وَمَن لَّمْ يَحْكُم بِمَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْكَٰفِرُونَ.(44)

Indeed, We sent down the Torah, in which was guidance and light. The prophets who submitted [to Allāh] judged by it for the Jews, as did the rabbis and scholars by that with which they were entrusted of the Scripture of Allāh, and they were witnesses thereto. So do not fear the people but fear Me, and do not exchange My verses for a small price [i.e., worldly gain]. And whoever does not judge by what Allāh has revealed - then it is those who are the disbelievers. [Al-Maaida: 44]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 44

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, We sent down the Torah, in which was guidance and light. The prophets who submitted [to Allāh] judged by it for the Jews, as did the rabbis and scholars by that with which they were entrusted of the Scripture of Allāh, and they were witnesses thereto. So do not fear the people but fear Me, and do not exchange My verses for a small price [i.e., worldly gain]. And whoever does not judge by what Allāh has revealed - then it is those who are the disbelievers.

Transliteration

Ayah 44

Inna anzalna alttawrata feeha hudan wanoorun yahkumu biha alnnabiyyoona allatheena aslamoo lillatheena hadoo waalrrabbaniyyoona waalahbaru bima istuhfithoo min kitabi Allahi wakanoo AAalayhi shuhadaa fala takhshawoo alnnasa waikhshawni wala tashtaroo biayatee thamanan qaleelan waman lam yahkum bima anzala Allahu faolaika humu alkafiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 44

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّآ Inna Indeed —
2 أَنزَلْنَا anzalna We revealed ن ز ل
3 التَّوْرَاةَ alttawrata the Taurat —
4 فِيهَا feeha in it —
5 هُدًى hudan (was) Guidance ه د ي
6 وَنُورٌ wanoorun and light ن و ر
7 يَحْكُمُ yahkumu judged ح ك م
8 بِهَا biha by it —
9 النَّبِيُّونَ alnnabiyyoona the Prophets ن ب أ
10 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
11 أَسْلَمُواْ aslamoo had submitted (to Allah) س ل م
12 لِلَّذِينَ lillatheena for those who —
13 هَادُواْ hadoo were Jews ه و د
14 وَالرَّبَّانِيُّونَ waalrrabbaniyyoona and the Rabbis ر ب ب
15 وَالْأَحْبَارُ waalahbaru and the scholars ح ب ر
16 بِمَا bima with what —
17 اسْتُحْفِظُواْ istuhfithoo they were entrusted ح ف ظ
18 مِن min of —
19 كِتَابِ kitabi (the) Book ك ت ب
20 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
21 وَكَانُواْ wakanoo and they were ك و ن
22 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi to it —
23 شُهَدَآءَ shuhadaa witnesses ش ه د
24 فَلَا fala So (do) not —
25 تَخْشَوُاْ takhshawoo fear خ ش ي
26 النَّاسَ alnnasa the people ن و س
27 وَاخْشَوْنِ waikhshawni but fear Me خ ش ي
28 وَلَا wala and (do) not —
29 تَشْتَرُواْ tashtaroo sell ش ر ي
30 بِاٰيَاتِى biayatee My Verses أ ي ي
31 ثَمَنًا thamanan (for) a price ث م ن
32 قَلِيلًا qaleelan little ق ل ل
33 وَمَن waman And whoever —
34 لَّمْ lam (does) not —
35 يَحْكُم yahkum judge ح ك م
36 بِمَآ bima by what —
37 أَنزَلَ anzala has revealed ن ز ل
38 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
39 فَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ faolaika then those —
40 هُمُ humu [they] —
41 الْكَافِرُونَ alkafiroona (are) the disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 45

وَكَتَبْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ فِيهَآ أَنَّ ٱلنَّفْسَ بِٱلنَّفْسِ وَٱلْعَيْنَ بِٱلْعَيْنِ وَٱلْأَنفَ بِٱلْأَنفِ وَٱلْأُذُنَ بِٱلْأُذُنِ وَٱلسِّنَّ بِٱلسِّنِّ وَٱلْجُرُوحَ قِصَاصٌۭ ۚ فَمَن تَصَدَّقَ بِهِۦ فَهُوَ كَفَّارَةٌۭ لَّهُۥ ۚ وَمَن لَّمْ يَحْكُم بِمَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلظَّٰلِمُونَ.(45)

And We ordained for them therein a life for a life, an eye for an eye, a nose for a nose, an ear for an ear, a tooth for a tooth, and for wounds is legal retribution. But whoever gives [up his right as] charity, it is an expiation for him. And whoever does not judge by what Allāh has revealed - then it is those who are the wrongdoers [i.e., the unjust]. [Al-Maaida: 45]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 45

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We ordained for them therein a life for a life, an eye for an eye, a nose for a nose, an ear for an ear, a tooth for a tooth, and for wounds is legal retribution. But whoever gives [up his right as] charity, it is an expiation for him. And whoever does not judge by what Allāh has revealed - then it is those who are the wrongdoers [i.e., the unjust].

Transliteration

Ayah 45

Wakatabna AAalayhim feeha anna alnnafsa bialnnafsi waalAAayna bialAAayni waalanfa bialanfi waalothuna bialothuni waalssinna bialssinni waaljurooha qisasun faman tasaddaqa bihi fahuwa kaffaratun lahu waman lam yahkum bima anzala Allahu faolaika humu alththalimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 45

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَكَتَبْنَا Wakatabna And We ordained ك ت ب
2 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim for them —
3 فِيهَآ feeha in it —
4 أَنَّ anna that —
5 النَّفْسَ alnnafsa the life ن ف س
6 بِالنَّفْسِ bialnnafsi for the life ن ف س
7 وَالْعَيْنَ waalAAayna and the eye ع ي ن
8 بِالْعَيْنِ bialAAayni for the eye ع ي ن
9 وَالْأَنفَ waalanfa and the nose أ ن ف
10 بِالْأَنفِ bialanfi for the nose أ ن ف
11 وَالْأُذُنَ waalothuna and the ear أ ذ ن
12 بِالْأُذُنِ bialothuni for the ear أ ذ ن
13 وَالسِّنَّ waalssinna and the tooth س ن ن
14 بِالسِّنِّ bialssinni for the tooth س ن ن
15 وَالْجُرُوحَ waaljurooha and (for) wounds ج ر ح
16 قِصَاصٌ qisasun (is) retribution ق ص ص
17 فَمَن faman But whoever —
18 تَصَدَّقَ tasaddaqa gives charity ص د ق
19 بِهِۦ bihi with it —
20 فَهُوَ fahuwa then it is —
21 كَفَّارَةٌ kaffaratun an expiation ك ف ر
22 لَّهُۥ lahu for him —
23 وَمَن waman And whoever —
24 لَّمْ lam (does) not —
25 يَحْكُم yahkum judge ح ك م
26 بِمَآ bima by what —
27 أَنزَلَ anzala has revealed ن ز ل
28 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
29 فَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ faolaika then those —
30 هُمُ humu [they] —
31 الظَّالِمُونَ alththalimoona (are) the wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 46

وَقَفَّيْنَا عَلَىٰٓ ءَاثَٰرِهِم بِعِيسَى ٱبْنِ مَرْيَمَ مُصَدِّقًۭا لِّمَا بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ مِنَ ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةِ ۖ وَءَاتَيْنَٰهُ ٱلْإِنجِيلَ فِيهِ هُدًۭى وَنُورٌۭ وَمُصَدِّقًۭا لِّمَا بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ مِنَ ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةِ وَهُدًۭى وَمَوْعِظَةًۭ لِّلْمُتَّقِينَ.(46)

And We sent, following in their footsteps,1 Jesus, the son of Mary, confirming that which came before him in the Torah; and We gave him the Gospel, in which was guidance and light and confirming that which preceded it of the Torah as guidance and instruction for the righteous. [Al-Maaida: 46]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 46

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We sent, following in their footsteps,1 Jesus, the son of Mary, confirming that which came before him in the Torah; and We gave him the Gospel, in which was guidance and light and confirming that which preceded it of the Torah as guidance and instruction for the righteous.

Transliteration

Ayah 46

Waqaffayna AAala atharihim biAAeesa ibni maryama musaddiqan lima bayna yadayhi mina alttawrati waataynahu alinjeela feehi hudan wanoorun wamusaddiqan lima bayna yadayhi mina alttawrati wahudan wamawAAithatan lilmuttaqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 46

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقَفَّيْنَا Waqaffayna And We sent ق ف و
2 عَلَىٰٓ AAala on —
3 اٰثَارِهِم atharihim their footsteps أ ث ر
4 بِعِيسَى biAAeesa Isa —
5 ابْنِ ibni son ب ن ي
6 مَرْيَمَ maryama (of) Maryam —
7 مُصَدِّقًا musaddiqan confirming ص د ق
8 لِّمَا lima what —
9 بَيْنَ bayna between (was before him) ب ي ن
10 يَدَيْهِ yadayhi his hands (was before him) ي د ي
11 مِنَ mina of —
12 التَّوْرَاةِ alttawrati the Taurat —
13 وَآتَيْنَاهُ waataynahu and We gave him أ ت ي
14 الْإِنجِيلَ alinjeela the Injeel —
15 فِيهِ feehi in it —
16 هُدًى hudan (was) Guidance ه د ي
17 وَنُورٌ wanoorun and light ن و ر
18 وَمُصَدِّقًا wamusaddiqan and confirming ص د ق
19 لِّمَا lima what —
20 بَيْنَ bayna between (was before him) ب ي ن
21 يَدَيْهِ yadayhi his hands (was before him) ي د ي
22 مِنَ mina of —
23 التَّوْرَاةِ alttawrati the Taurat —
24 وَهُدًى wahudan and a Guidance ه د ي
25 وَمَوْعِظَةً wamawAAithatan and an admonition و ع ظ
26 لِّلْمُتَّقِينَ lilmuttaqeena for the God conscious و ق ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 47

وَلْيَحْكُمْ أَهْلُ ٱلْإِنجِيلِ بِمَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ فِيهِ ۚ وَمَن لَّمْ يَحْكُم بِمَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْفَٰسِقُونَ.(47)

And let the People of the Gospel judge by what Allāh has revealed therein. And whoever does not judge by what Allāh has revealed - then it is those who are the defiantly disobedient. [Al-Maaida: 47]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 47

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And let the People of the Gospel judge by what Allāh has revealed therein. And whoever does not judge by what Allāh has revealed - then it is those who are the defiantly disobedient.

Transliteration

Ayah 47

Walyahkum ahlu alinjeeli bima anzala Allahu feehi waman lam yahkum bima anzala Allahu faolaika humu alfasiqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 47

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلْيَحْكُمْ Walyahkum And let judge ح ك م
2 أَهْلُ ahlu (the) People أ ه ل
3 الْإِنجِيلِ alinjeeli (of) the Injeel —
4 بِمَآ bima by what —
5 أَنزَلَ anzala has revealed ن ز ل
6 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
7 فِيهِ feehi in it —
8 وَمَن waman And whoever —
9 لَّمْ lam (does) not —
10 يَحْكُم yahkum judge ح ك م
11 بِمَآ bima by what —
12 أَنزَلَ anzala has revealed ن ز ل
13 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
14 فَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ faolaika then those —
15 هُمُ humu [they] (are) —
16 الْفَاسِقُونَ alfasiqoona the defiantly disobedient ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 48

وَأَنزَلْنَآ إِلَيْكَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ بِٱلْحَقِّ مُصَدِّقًۭا لِّمَا بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ مِنَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ وَمُهَيْمِنًا عَلَيْهِ ۖ فَٱحْكُم بَيْنَهُم بِمَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ ۖ وَلَا تَتَّبِعْ أَهْوَآءَهُمْ عَمَّا جَآءَكَ مِنَ ٱلْحَقِّ ۚ لِكُلٍّۢ جَعَلْنَا مِنكُمْ شِرْعَةًۭ وَمِنْهَاجًۭا ۚ وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ لَجَعَلَكُمْ أُمَّةًۭ وَٰحِدَةًۭ وَلَٰكِن لِّيَبْلُوَكُمْ فِى مَآ ءَاتَىٰكُمْ ۖ فَٱسْتَبِقُوا۟ ٱلْخَيْرَٰتِ ۚ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ مَرْجِعُكُمْ جَمِيعًۭا فَيُنَبِّئُكُم بِمَا كُنتُمْ فِيهِ تَخْتَلِفُونَ.(48)

And We have revealed to you, [O Muḥammad], the Book [i.e., the Qur’ān] in truth, confirming that which preceded it of the Scripture and as a criterion over it. So judge between them by what Allāh has revealed and do not follow their inclinations away from what has come to you of the truth. To each of you We prescribed a law and a method.1 Had Allāh willed, He would have made you one nation [united in religion], but [He intended] to test you in what He has given you; so race to [all that is] good.2 To Allāh is your return all together, and He will [then] inform you concerning that over which you used to differ. [Al-Maaida: 48]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 48

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We have revealed to you, [O Muḥammad], the Book [i.e., the Qur’ān] in truth, confirming that which preceded it of the Scripture and as a criterion over it. So judge between them by what Allāh has revealed and do not follow their inclinations away from what has come to you of the truth. To each of you We prescribed a law and a method.1 Had Allāh willed, He would have made you one nation [united in religion], but [He intended] to test you in what He has given you; so race to [all that is] good.2 To Allāh is your return all together, and He will [then] inform you concerning that over which you used to differ.

Transliteration

Ayah 48

Waanzalna ilayka alkitaba bialhaqqi musaddiqan lima bayna yadayhi mina alkitabi wamuhayminan AAalayhi faohkum baynahum bima anzala Allahu wala tattabiAA ahwaahum AAamma jaaka mina alhaqqi likullin jaAAalna minkum shirAAatan waminhajan walaw shaa Allahu lajaAAalakum ommatan wahidatan walakin liyabluwakum fee ma atakum faistabiqoo alkhayrati ila Allahi marjiAAukum jameeAAan fayunabbiokum bima kuntum feehi takhtalifoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 48

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَأَنزَلْنَآ Waanzalna And We revealed ن ز ل
2 إِلَيْكَ ilayka to you —
3 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
4 بِالْحَقِّ bialhaqqi in [the] truth ح ق ق
5 مُصَدِّقًا musaddiqan confirming ص د ق
6 لِّمَا lima what —
7 بَيْنَ bayna between (were before it) ب ي ن
8 يَدَيْهِ yadayhi his hands (were before it) ي د ي
9 مِنَ mina of —
10 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi the Book ك ت ب
11 وَمُهَيْمِنًا wamuhayminan and a guardian ه م ن
12 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi over it —
13 فَاحْكُم faohkum So judge ح ك م
14 بَيْنَهُم baynahum between them ب ي ن
15 بِمَآ bima by what —
16 أَنزَلَ anzala has revealed ن ز ل
17 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
18 وَلَا wala and (do) not —
19 تَتَّبِعْ tattabiAA follow ت ب ع
20 أَهْوَآءَهُمْ ahwaahum their vain desires ه و ي
21 عَمَّا AAamma when —
22 جَآءَكَ jaaka has come to you ج ي أ
23 مِنَ mina of —
24 الْحَقِّ alhaqqi the truth ح ق ق
25 لِكُلٍّ likullin For each ك ل ل
26 جَعَلْنَا jaAAalna We have made ج ع ل
27 مِنكُمْ minkum for you —
28 شِرْعَةً shirAAatan a law ش ر ع
29 وَمِنْهَاجًا waminhajan and a clear way ن ه ج
30 وَلَوْ walaw And if —
31 شَآءَ shaa (had) willed ش ي أ
32 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
33 لَجَعَلَكُمْ lajaAAalakum He (would have) made you ج ع ل
34 أُمَّةً ommatan a community أ م م
35 وَاحِدَةً wahidatan one و ح د
36 وَلَٰكِن walakin [and] but —
37 لِّيَبْلُوَكُمْ liyabluwakum to test you ب ل و
38 فِى fee in —
39 مَآ ma what —
40 اٰتَاكُم atakum He (has) given you أ ت ي
41 فَاسْتَبِقُوا faistabiqoo so race س ب ق
42 الخَيْرَاتِ alkhayrati (to) the good خ ي ر
43 إِلَى ila To —
44 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
45 مَرْجِعُكُمْ marjiAAukum you will return ر ج ع
46 جَمِيعًا jameeAAan all ج م ع
47 فَيُنَبِّئُكُم fayunabbiokum then He will inform you ن ب أ
48 بِمَا bima of what —
49 كُنتُمْ kuntum you were ك و ن
50 فِيهِ feehi concerning it —
51 تَخْتَلِفُونَ takhtalifoona differing خ ل ف

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 49

وَأَنِ ٱحْكُم بَيْنَهُم بِمَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ وَلَا تَتَّبِعْ أَهْوَآءَهُمْ وَٱحْذَرْهُمْ أَن يَفْتِنُوكَ عَنۢ بَعْضِ مَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ إِلَيْكَ ۖ فَإِن تَوَلَّوْا۟ فَٱعْلَمْ أَنَّمَا يُرِيدُ ٱللَّهُ أَن يُصِيبَهُم بِبَعْضِ ذُنُوبِهِمْ ۗ وَإِنَّ كَثِيرًۭا مِّنَ ٱلنَّاسِ لَفَٰسِقُونَ.(49)

And judge, [O Muḥammad], between them by what Allāh has revealed and do not follow their inclinations and beware of them, lest they tempt you away from some of what Allāh has revealed to you. And if they turn away - then know that Allāh only intends to afflict them with some of their [own] sins. And indeed, many among the people are defiantly disobedient. [Al-Maaida: 49]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 49

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And judge, [O Muḥammad], between them by what Allāh has revealed and do not follow their inclinations and beware of them, lest they tempt you away from some of what Allāh has revealed to you. And if they turn away - then know that Allāh only intends to afflict them with some of their [own] sins. And indeed, many among the people are defiantly disobedient.

Transliteration

Ayah 49

Waani ohkum baynahum bima anzala Allahu wala tattabiAA ahwaahum waihtharhum an yaftinooka AAan baAAdi ma anzala Allahu ilayka fain tawallaw faiAAlam annama yureedu Allahu an yuseebahum bibaAAdi thunoobihim wainna katheeran mina alnnasi lafasiqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 49

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَأَنِ Waani And that —
2 احْكُم ohkum you judge ح ك م
3 بَيْنَهُم baynahum between them ب ي ن
4 بِمَآ bima by what —
5 أَنزَلَ anzala (has) revealed ن ز ل
6 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
7 وَلَا wala and (do) not —
8 تَتَّبِعْ tattabiAA follow ت ب ع
9 أَهْوَآءَهُمْ ahwaahum their vain desires ه و ي
10 وَاحْذَرْهُمْ waihtharhum and beware of them ح ذ ر
11 أَن an lest —
12 يَفْتِنُوكَ yaftinooka they tempt you away ف ت ن
13 عَن AAan from —
14 بَعْضِ baAAdi some ب ع ض
15 مَآ ma (of) what —
16 أَنزَلَ anzala has revealed ن ز ل
17 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
18 إِلَيْكَ ilayka to you —
19 فَإِن fain And if —
20 تَوَلَّوْاْ tawallaw they turn away و ل ي
21 فَاعْلَمْ faiAAlam then know that ع ل م
22 أَنَّمَا annama only —
23 يُرِيدُ yureedu intends ر و د
24 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
25 أَن an to —
26 يُصِيبَهُم yuseebahum afflict them ص و ب
27 بِبَعْضِ bibaAAdi for some ب ع ض
28 ذُنُوبِهِمْ thunoobihim (of) their sins ذ ن ب
29 وَإِنَّ wainna And indeed —
30 كَثِيرًا katheeran many ك ث ر
31 مِّنَ mina of —
32 النَّاسِ alnnasi the people ن و س
33 لَفَاسِقُونَ lafasiqoona (are) defiantly disobedient ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 50

أَفَحُكْمَ ٱلْجَٰهِلِيَّةِ يَبْغُونَ ۚ وَمَنْ أَحْسَنُ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ حُكْمًۭا لِّقَوْمٍۢ يُوقِنُونَ.(50)

Then is it the judgement of [the time of] ignorance they desire? But who is better than Allāh in judgement for a people who are certain [in faith]. [Al-Maaida: 50]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 50

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then is it the judgement of [the time of] ignorance they desire? But who is better than Allāh in judgement for a people who are certain [in faith].

Transliteration

Ayah 50

Afahukma aljahiliyyati yabghoona waman ahsanu mina Allahu hukman liqawmin yooqinoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 50

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَفَحُكْمَ Afahukma Is it then the judgment? ح ك م
2 الْجَاهِلِيَّةِ aljahiliyyati (of the time of) ignorance ج ه ل
3 يَبْغُونَ yabghoona they seek ب غ ي
4 وَمَنْ waman And who (is)? —
5 أَحْسَنُ ahsanu better ح س ن
6 مِنَ mina than —
7 اللهِ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
8 حُكْمًا hukman (in) judgment ح ك م
9 لِّقَوْمٍ liqawmin for a people ق و م
10 يُوقِنُونَ yooqinoona (who) firmly believe ي ق ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 51

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَتَّخِذُوا۟ ٱلْيَهُودَ وَٱلنَّصَٰرَىٰٓ أَوْلِيَآءَ ۘ بَعْضُهُمْ أَوْلِيَآءُ بَعْضٍۢ ۚ وَمَن يَتَوَلَّهُم مِّنكُمْ فَإِنَّهُۥ مِنْهُمْ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ.(51)

O you who have believed, do not take the Jews and the Christians as allies. They are [in fact] allies of one another. And whoever is an ally to them among you - then indeed, he is [one] of them. Indeed, Allāh guides not the wrongdoing people. [Al-Maaida: 51]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 51

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, do not take the Jews and the Christians as allies. They are [in fact] allies of one another. And whoever is an ally to them among you - then indeed, he is [one] of them. Indeed, Allāh guides not the wrongdoing people.

Transliteration

Ayah 51

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo la tattakhithoo alyahooda waalnnasara awliyaa baAAduhum awliyao baAAdin waman yatawallahum minkum fainnahu minhum inna Allaha la yahdee alqawma alththalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 51

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 لَا la (Do) not —
5 تَتَّخِذُواْ tattakhithoo take أ خ ذ
6 الْيَهُودَ alyahooda the Jews —
7 وَالنَّصَارَىٰٓ waalnnasara and the Christians ن ص ر
8 أَوْلِيَآءَ awliyaa (as) allies و ل ي
9 بَعْضُهُمْ baAAduhum Some of them ب ع ض
10 أَوْلِيَآءُ awliyao (are) allies و ل ي
11 بَعْضٍ baAAdin (to) others ب ع ض
12 وَمَن waman And whoever —
13 يَتَوَلَّهُم yatawallahum takes them as allies و ل ي
14 مِّنكُمْ minkum among you —
15 فَإِنَّهُۥ fainnahu then indeed he —
16 مِنْهُمْ minhum (is) of them —
17 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
18 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
19 لَا la (does) not —
20 يَهْدِى yahdee guide ه د ي
21 الْقَوْمَ alqawma the people ق و م
22 الظَّالِمِينَ alththalimeena the wrongdoing ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 52

فَتَرَى ٱلَّذِينَ فِى قُلُوبِهِم مَّرَضٌۭ يُسَٰرِعُونَ فِيهِمْ يَقُولُونَ نَخْشَىٰٓ أَن تُصِيبَنَا دَآئِرَةٌۭ ۚ فَعَسَى ٱللَّهُ أَن يَأْتِىَ بِٱلْفَتْحِ أَوْ أَمْرٍۢ مِّنْ عِندِهِۦ فَيُصْبِحُوا۟ عَلَىٰ مَآ أَسَرُّوا۟ فِىٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ نَٰدِمِينَ.(52)

So you see those in whose hearts is disease [i.e., hypocrisy] hastening into [association with] them, saying, "We are afraid a misfortune may strike us." But perhaps Allāh will bring conquest or a decision from Him, and they will become, over what they have been concealing within themselves, regretful. [Al-Maaida: 52]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 52

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So you see those in whose hearts is disease [i.e., hypocrisy] hastening into [association with] them, saying, "We are afraid a misfortune may strike us." But perhaps Allāh will bring conquest or a decision from Him, and they will become, over what they have been concealing within themselves, regretful.

Transliteration

Ayah 52

Fatara allatheena fee quloobihim maradun yusariAAoona feehim yaqooloona nakhsha an tuseebana dairatun faAAasa Allahu an yatiya bialfathi aw amrin min AAindihi fayusbihoo AAala ma asarroo fee anfusihim nadimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 52

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَتَرَى Fatara And you see ر أ ي
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those —
3 فِى fee in —
4 قُلُوبِهِم quloobihim their hearts ق ل ب
5 مَّرَضٌ maradun (is) a disease م ر ض
6 يُسَارِعُونَ yusariAAoona they hasten س ر ع
7 فِيهِمْ feehim to them —
8 يَقُولُونَ yaqooloona saying ق و ل
9 نَخْشَىٰٓ nakhsha We fear خ ش ي
10 أَن an that —
11 تُصِيبَنَا tuseebana (may) strike us ص و ب
12 دَآئِرَةٌ dairatun a misfortune د و ر
13 فَعَسَى faAAasa But perhaps ع س ي
14 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
15 أَن an [that] —
16 يَأْتِىَ yatiya will bring أ ت ي
17 بِالْفَتْحِ bialfathi the victory ف ت ح
18 أَوْ aw or —
19 أَمْرٍ amrin a decision أ م ر
20 مِّنْ min from —
21 عِندِهِۦ AAindihi (of) Him ع ن د
22 فَيُصْبِحُواْ fayusbihoo Then they will become ص ب ح
23 عَلَىٰ AAala for —
24 مَآ ma what —
25 أَسَرُّواْ asarroo they had concealed س ر ر
26 فِىٓ fee within —
27 أَنْفُسِهِمْ anfusihim themselves ن ف س
28 نَادِمِينَ nadimeena regretful ن د م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 53

وَيَقُولُ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ أَهَٰٓؤُلَآءِ ٱلَّذِينَ أَقْسَمُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ جَهْدَ أَيْمَٰنِهِمْ ۙ إِنَّهُمْ لَمَعَكُمْ ۚ حَبِطَتْ أَعْمَٰلُهُمْ فَأَصْبَحُوا۟ خَٰسِرِينَ.(53)

And those who believe will say,1 "Are these the ones who swore by Allāh their strongest oaths that indeed they were with you?" Their deeds have become worthless, and they have become losers. [Al-Maaida: 53]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 53

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And those who believe will say,1 "Are these the ones who swore by Allāh their strongest oaths that indeed they were with you?" Their deeds have become worthless, and they have become losers.

Transliteration

Ayah 53

Wayaqoolu allatheena amanoo ahaolai allatheena aqsamoo biAllahi jahda aymanihim innahum lamaAAakum habitat aAAmaluhum faasbahoo khasireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 53

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَيَقُولُ Wayaqoolu And will say ق و ل
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe أ م ن
4 أَهَٰٓؤُلَآءِ ahaolai Are these? —
5 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
6 أَقْسَمُواْ aqsamoo swore ق س م
7 بِاللهِ biAllahi by Allah أ ل ه
8 جَهْدَ jahda strongest ج ه د
9 أَيْمَانِهِمْ aymanihim (of) their oaths ي م ن
10 إِنَّهُمْ innahum indeed they —
11 لَمَعَكُمْ lamaAAakum (were) with you —
12 حَبِطَتْ habitat Became worthless ح ب ط
13 أَعْمَالُهُمْ aAAmaluhum their deeds ع م ل
14 فَأَصْبَحُواْ faasbahoo and they became ص ب ح
15 خَاسِرِينَ khasireena (the) losers خ س ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 54

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ مَن يَرْتَدَّ مِنكُمْ عَن دِينِهِۦ فَسَوْفَ يَأْتِى ٱللَّهُ بِقَوْمٍۢ يُحِبُّهُمْ وَيُحِبُّونَهُۥٓ أَذِلَّةٍ عَلَى ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ أَعِزَّةٍ عَلَى ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ يُجَٰهِدُونَ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَلَا يَخَافُونَ لَوْمَةَ لَآئِمٍۢ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ فَضْلُ ٱللَّهِ يُؤْتِيهِ مَن يَشَآءُ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ وَٰسِعٌ عَلِيمٌ.(54)

O you who have believed, whoever of you should revert from his religion - Allāh will bring forth [in place of them] a people He will love and who will love Him [who are] humble toward the believers, strong against the disbelievers; they strive in the cause of Allāh and do not fear the blame of a critic. That is the favor of Allāh; He bestows it upon whom He wills. And Allāh is all-Encompassing and Knowing. [Al-Maaida: 54]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 54

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, whoever of you should revert from his religion - Allāh will bring forth [in place of them] a people He will love and who will love Him [who are] humble toward the believers, strong against the disbelievers; they strive in the cause of Allāh and do not fear the blame of a critic. That is the favor of Allāh; He bestows it upon whom He wills. And Allāh is all-Encompassing and Knowing.

Transliteration

Ayah 54

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo man yartadda minkum AAan deenihi fasawfa yatee Allahu biqawmin yuhibbuhum wayuhibboonahu athillatin AAala almumineena aAAizzatin AAala alkafireena yujahidoona fee sabeeli Allahi wala yakhafoona lawmata laimin thalika fadlu Allahi yuteehi man yashao waAllahu wasiAAun AAaleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 54

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 مَن man Whoever —
5 يَرْتَدَّ yartadda turns back ر د د
6 مِنكُمْ minkum among you —
7 عَن AAan from —
8 دِينِهِۦ deenihi his religion د ي ن
9 فَسَوْفَ fasawfa then soon —
10 يَأْتِى yatee (will be) brought أ ت ي
11 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
12 بِقَوْمٍ biqawmin a people ق و م
13 يُحِبُّهُمْ yuhibbuhum whom He loves ح ب ب
14 وَيُحِبُّونَهُۥٓ wayuhibboonahu and they love Him ح ب ب
15 أَذِلَّةٍ athillatin humble ذ ل ل
16 عَلَى AAala towards —
17 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن
18 أَعِزَّةٍ aAAizzatin (and) stern ع ز ز
19 عَلَى AAala towards —
20 الْكَافِرِينَ alkafireena the disbelievers ك ف ر
21 يُجَٰهِدُونَ yujahidoona striving ج ه د
22 فِى fee in —
23 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
24 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
25 وَلَا wala and not —
26 يَخَافُونَ yakhafoona fearing خ و ف
27 لَوْمَةَ lawmata the blame ل و م
28 لَآئِمٍ laimin (of) a critic ل و م
29 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That —
30 فَضْلُ fadlu (is the) Grace ف ض ل
31 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
32 يُؤْتِيهِ yuteehi He grants أ ت ي
33 مَن man whom —
34 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
35 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
36 وَاسِعٌ wasiAAun (is) All-Encompassing و س ع
37 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun All-Knowing ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 55

إِنَّمَا وَلِيُّكُمُ ٱللَّهُ وَرَسُولُهُۥ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ يُقِيمُونَ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَيُؤْتُونَ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَهُمْ رَٰكِعُونَ.(55)

Your ally is none but Allāh and [therefore] His Messenger and those who have believed - those who establish prayer and give zakāh, and they bow [in worship]. [Al-Maaida: 55]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 55

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Your ally is none but Allāh and [therefore] His Messenger and those who have believed - those who establish prayer and give zakāh, and they bow [in worship].

Transliteration

Ayah 55

Innama waliyyukumu Allahu warasooluhu waallatheena amanoo allatheena yuqeemoona alssalata wayutoona alzzakata wahum rakiAAoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 55

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّمَا Innama Only —
2 وَلِيُّكُمُ waliyyukumu your ally و ل ي
3 اللهُ Allahu (is) Allah أ ل ه
4 وَرَسُولُهُۥ warasooluhu and His Messenger ر س ل
5 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena and those who —
6 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe أ م ن
7 الَّذِينَ allatheena and those who —
8 يُقِيمُونَ yuqeemoona establish ق و م
9 الصَّلَوٰةَ alssalata the prayer ص ل و
10 وَيُؤْتُونَ wayutoona and give أ ت ي
11 الزَّكَوٰةَ alzzakata zakah ز ك و
12 وَهُمْ wahum and they —
13 رَاكِعُونَ rakiAAoona (are) those who bow down ر ك ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 56

وَمَن يَتَوَلَّ ٱللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُۥ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ فَإِنَّ حِزْبَ ٱللَّهِ هُمُ ٱلْغَٰلِبُونَ.(56)

And whoever is an ally of Allāh and His Messenger and those who have believed - indeed, the party of Allāh - they will be the predominant. [Al-Maaida: 56]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 56

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And whoever is an ally of Allāh and His Messenger and those who have believed - indeed, the party of Allāh - they will be the predominant.

Transliteration

Ayah 56

Waman yatawalla Allaha warasoolahu waallatheena amanoo fainna hizba Allahi humu alghaliboona

Word-by-word

Ayah 56

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَن Waman And whoever —
2 يَتَوَلَّ yatawalla takes as an ally و ل ي
3 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
4 وَرَسُولَهُۥ warasoolahu and His Messenger ر س ل
5 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena and those who —
6 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe أ م ن
7 فَإِنَّ fainna then indeed —
8 حِزْبَ hizba (the) party ح ز ب
9 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
10 هُمُ humu they —
11 الْغَالِبُونَ alghaliboona (are) the victorious غ ل ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 57

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَتَّخِذُوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ دِينَكُمْ هُزُوًۭا وَلَعِبًۭا مِّنَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ مِن قَبْلِكُمْ وَٱلْكُفَّارَ أَوْلِيَآءَ ۚ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ.(57)

O you who have believed, take not those who have taken your religion in ridicule and amusement among the ones who were given the Scripture before you nor the disbelievers as allies. And fear Allāh, if you should [truly] be believers. [Al-Maaida: 57]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 57

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, take not those who have taken your religion in ridicule and amusement among the ones who were given the Scripture before you nor the disbelievers as allies. And fear Allāh, if you should [truly] be believers.

Transliteration

Ayah 57

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo la tattakhithoo allatheena ittakhathoo deenakum huzuwan walaAAiban mina allatheena ootoo alkitaba min qablikum waalkuffara awliyaa waittaqoo Allaha in kuntum mumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 57

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 لَا la (Do) not —
5 تَتَّخِذُواْ tattakhithoo take أ خ ذ
6 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
7 اتَّخَذُواْ ittakhathoo take أ خ ذ
8 دِينَكُمْ deenakum your religion د ي ن
9 هُزُوًا huzuwan (in) ridicule ه ز أ
10 وَلَعِبًا walaAAiban and fun ل ع ب
11 مِّنَ mina from —
12 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
13 أُوتُواْ ootoo are given أ ت ي
14 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
15 مِن min from —
16 قَبْلِكُمْ qablikum before you ق ب ل
17 وَالْكُفَّارَ waalkuffara and the disbelievers ك ف ر
18 أَوْلِيَآءَ awliyaa (as) allies و ل ي
19 وَاتَّقُواْ waittaqoo And fear و ق ي
20 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
21 إِن in if —
22 كُنتُم kuntum you are ك و ن
23 مُّؤْمِنِينَ mumineena believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 58

وَإِذَا نَادَيْتُمْ إِلَى ٱلصَّلَوٰةِ ٱتَّخَذُوهَا هُزُوًۭا وَلَعِبًۭا ۚ ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُمْ قَوْمٌۭ لَّا يَعْقِلُونَ.(58)

And when you call to prayer, they take it in ridicule and amusement. That is because they are a people who do not use reason. [Al-Maaida: 58]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 58

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when you call to prayer, they take it in ridicule and amusement. That is because they are a people who do not use reason.

Transliteration

Ayah 58

Waitha nadaytum ila alssalati ittakhathooha huzuwan walaAAiban thalika biannahum qawmun la yaAAqiloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 58

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذَا Waitha And when —
2 نَادَيْتُمْ nadaytum you make a call ن د و
3 إِلَى ila for —
4 الصَّلَوٰةِ alssalati the prayer ص ل و
5 اتَّخَذُوهَا ittakhathooha they take it أ خ ذ
6 هُزُوًا huzuwan (in) ridicule ه ز أ
7 وَلَعِبًا walaAAiban and fun ل ع ب
8 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That —
9 بِأَنَّهُمْ biannahum (is) because they —
10 قَوْمٌ qawmun (are) a people ق و م
11 لَّا la (who do) not —
12 يَعْقِلُونَ yaAAqiloona understand ع ق ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 59

قُلْ يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ هَلْ تَنقِمُونَ مِنَّآ إِلَّآ أَنْ ءَامَنَّا بِٱللَّهِ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْنَا وَمَآ أُنزِلَ مِن قَبْلُ وَأَنَّ أَكْثَرَكُمْ فَٰسِقُونَ.(59)

Say, "O People of the Scripture, do you resent us except [for the fact] that we have believed in Allāh and what was revealed to us and what was revealed before and because most of you are defiantly disobedient?" [Al-Maaida: 59]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 59

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "O People of the Scripture, do you resent us except [for the fact] that we have believed in Allāh and what was revealed to us and what was revealed before and because most of you are defiantly disobedient?"

Transliteration

Ayah 59

Qul ya ahla alkitabi hal tanqimoona minna illa an amanna biAllahi wama onzila ilayna wama onzila min qablu waanna aktharakum fasiqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 59

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 يَاأَهْلَ yaahla O People أ ه ل
3 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book! ك ت ب
4 هَلْ hal Do? —
5 تَنقِمُونَ tanqimoona you resent ن ق م
6 مِنَّآ minna [of] us —
7 إِلَّآ illa except —
8 أَنْ an that —
9 اٰمَنَّا amanna we believe أ م ن
10 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
11 وَمَآ wama and what —
12 أُنزِلَ onzila has been revealed ن ز ل
13 إِلَيْنَا ilayna to us —
14 وَمَآ wama and what —
15 أُنزِلَ onzila was revealed ن ز ل
16 مِن min from —
17 قَبْلُ qablu before ق ب ل
18 وَأَنَّ waanna and that —
19 أَكْثَرَكُمْ aktharakum most of you ك ث ر
20 فَاسِقُونَ fasiqoona (are) defiantly disobedient ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 60

قُلْ هَلْ أُنَبِّئُكُم بِشَرٍّۢ مِّن ذَٰلِكَ مَثُوبَةً عِندَ ٱللَّهِ ۚ مَن لَّعَنَهُ ٱللَّهُ وَغَضِبَ عَلَيْهِ وَجَعَلَ مِنْهُمُ ٱلْقِرَدَةَ وَٱلْخَنَازِيرَ وَعَبَدَ ٱلطَّٰغُوتَ ۚ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ شَرٌّ مَّكَانًۭا وَأَضَلُّ عَن سَوَآءِ ٱلسَّبِيلِ.(60)

Say, "Shall I inform you of [what is] worse than that1 as penalty from Allāh? [It is that of] those whom Allāh has cursed and with whom He became angry and made of them apes and pigs and slaves of ṭāghūt.2 Those are worse in position and further astray from the sound way." [Al-Maaida: 60]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 60

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Shall I inform you of [what is] worse than that1 as penalty from Allāh? [It is that of] those whom Allāh has cursed and with whom He became angry and made of them apes and pigs and slaves of ṭāghūt.2 Those are worse in position and further astray from the sound way."

Transliteration

Ayah 60

Qul hal onabbiokum bisharrin min thalika mathoobatan AAinda Allahi man laAAanahu Allahu waghadiba AAalayhi wajaAAala minhumu alqiradata waalkhanazeera waAAabada alttaghooti olaika sharrun makanan waadallu AAan sawai alssabeeli

Word-by-word

Ayah 60

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 هَلْ hal Shall? —
3 أُنَبِّئُكُم onabbiokum I inform you ن ب أ
4 بِشَرٍّ bisharrin (of) worse ش ر ر
5 مِّن min than —
6 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that —
7 مَثُوبَةً mathoobatan (as) recompense ث و ب
8 عِندَ AAinda from ع ن د
9 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
10 مَن man Whom —
11 لَّعَنَهُ laAAanahu has (been) cursed ل ع ن
12 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
13 وَغَضِبَ waghadiba and He became angry غ ض ب
14 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi with him —
15 وَجَعَلَ wajaAAala and made ج ع ل
16 مِنْهُمُ minhumu of them —
17 الْقِرَدَةَ alqiradata [the] apes ق ر د
18 وَالْخَنَازِيرَ waalkhanazeera and [the] swines خ ن ز ر
19 وَعَبَدَ waAAabada and (who) worshipped ع ب د
20 الطَّاغُوتَ alttaghooti the false deities ط غ ي
21 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika Those —
22 شَرٌّ sharrun (are) worse ش ر ر
23 مَّكَاناً makanan (in) position ك و ن
24 وَأَضَلُّ waadallu and farthest astray ض ل ل
25 عَن AAan from —
26 سَوَآءِ sawai (the) even س و ي
27 السَّبِيلِ alssabeeli way س ب ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 61

وَإِذَا جَآءُوكُمْ قَالُوٓا۟ ءَامَنَّا وَقَد دَّخَلُوا۟ بِٱلْكُفْرِ وَهُمْ قَدْ خَرَجُوا۟ بِهِۦ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَكْتُمُونَ.(61)

And when they come to you, they say, "We believe." But they have entered with disbelief [in their hearts], and they have certainly left with it. And Allāh is most knowing of what they were concealing. [Al-Maaida: 61]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 61

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when they come to you, they say, "We believe." But they have entered with disbelief [in their hearts], and they have certainly left with it. And Allāh is most knowing of what they were concealing.

Transliteration

Ayah 61

Waitha jaookum qaloo amanna waqad dakhaloo bialkufri wahum qad kharajoo bihi waAllahu aAAlamu bima kanoo yaktumoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 61

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذَا Waitha And when —
2 جَآءُوكُمْ jaookum they come to you ج ي أ
3 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo they say ق و ل
4 اٰمَنَّا amanna We believe أ م ن
5 وَقَد waqad But certainly —
6 دَّخَلُواْ dakhaloo they entered د خ ل
7 بِالْكُفْرِ bialkufri with disbelief ك ف ر
8 وَهُمْ wahum and they —
9 قَدْ qad certainly —
10 خَرَجُواْ kharajoo went out خ ر ج
11 بِهِۦ bihi with it —
12 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
13 أَعْلَمُ aAAlamu knows best ع ل م
14 بِمَا bima [of] what —
15 كَانُواْ kanoo they were ك و ن
16 يَكْتُمُونَ yaktumoona hiding ك ت م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 62

وَتَرَىٰ كَثِيرًۭا مِّنْهُمْ يُسَٰرِعُونَ فِى ٱلْإِثْمِ وَٱلْعُدْوَٰنِ وَأَكْلِهِمُ ٱلسُّحْتَ ۚ لَبِئْسَ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ.(62)

And you see many of them hastening into sin and aggression and the devouring of [what is] unlawful. How wretched is what they have been doing. [Al-Maaida: 62]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 62

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And you see many of them hastening into sin and aggression and the devouring of [what is] unlawful. How wretched is what they have been doing.

Transliteration

Ayah 62

Watara katheeran minhum yusariAAoona fee alithmi waalAAudwani waaklihimu alssuhta labisa ma kanoo yaAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 62

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَتَرَىٰ Watara And you see ر أ ي
2 كَثِيرًا katheeran many ك ث ر
3 مِّنْهُمْ minhum of them —
4 يُسَارِعُونَ yusariAAoona hastening س ر ع
5 فِى fee into —
6 الْإِثْمِ alithmi [the] sin أ ث م
7 وَالْعُدْوَانِ waalAAudwani and [the] transgression ع د و
8 وَأَكْلِهِمُ waaklihimu and eating أ ك ل
9 السُّحْتَ alssuhta the forbidden س ح ت
10 لَبِئْسَ labisa Surely evil ب أ س
11 مَا ma (is) what —
12 كَانُواْ kanoo they were ك و ن
13 يَعْمَلُونَ yaAAmaloona doing ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 63

لَوْلَا يَنْهَىٰهُمُ ٱلرَّبَّٰنِيُّونَ وَٱلْأَحْبَارُ عَن قَوْلِهِمُ ٱلْإِثْمَ وَأَكْلِهِمُ ٱلسُّحْتَ ۚ لَبِئْسَ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَصْنَعُونَ.(63)

Why do the rabbis and religious scholars not forbid them from saying what is sinful and devouring what is unlawful? How wretched is what they have been practicing. [Al-Maaida: 63]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 63

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Why do the rabbis and religious scholars not forbid them from saying what is sinful and devouring what is unlawful? How wretched is what they have been practicing.

Transliteration

Ayah 63

Lawla yanhahumu alrrabbaniyyoona waalahbaru AAan qawlihimu alithma waaklihimu alssuhta labisa ma kanoo yasnaAAoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 63

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَوْلَا Lawla Why (do) not —
2 يَنْهَاهُمُ yanhahumu forbid them ن ه ي
3 الرَّبَّانِيُّونَ alrrabbaniyyoona the Rabbis ر ب ب
4 وَالْأَحْبَارُ waalahbaru and the religious scholars ح ب ر
5 عَن AAan from —
6 قَوْلِهِمُ qawlihimu their saying ق و ل
7 الْإِثْمَ alithma the sinful أ ث م
8 وَأَكْلِهِمُ waaklihimu and their eating أ ك ل
9 السُّحْتَ alssuhta (of) the forbidden س ح ت
10 لَبِئْسَ labisa Surely evil ب أ س
11 مَا ma (is) what —
12 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
13 يَصْنَعُونَ yasnaAAoona do ص ن ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 64

وَقَالَتِ الْيَهُودُ يَدُ اللَّـهِ مَغْلُولَةٌ ۚ غُلَّتْ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَلُعِنُوا بِمَا قَالُوا ۘ بَلْ يَدَاهُ مَبْسُوطَتَانِ يُنفِقُ كَيْفَ يَشَآءُ ۚ وَلَيَزِيدَنَّ كَثِيرًا مِّنْهُم مَّا أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكَ مِن رَّبِّكَ طُغْيَانًا وَكُفْرًا ۚ وَأَلْقَيْنَا بَيْنَهُمُ الْعَدَاوَةَ وَالْبَغْضَاءَ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ ۚ كُلَّمَا أَوْقَدُوا نَارًا لِّلْحَرْبِ أَطْفَأَهَا اللَّـهُ ۚ وَيَسْعَوْنَ فِي الْأَرْضِ فَسَادًا ۚوَاللَّـهُ لَا يُحِبُّ الْمُفْسِدِينَ(64)

And the Jews say, "The hand of Allāh is chained."1 Chained are their hands, and cursed are they for what they say. Rather, both His hands are extended; He spends however He wills. And that which has been revealed to you from your Lord will surely increase many of them in transgression and disbelief. And We have cast among them animosity and hatred until the Day of Resurrection. Every time they kindled the fire of war [against you], Allāh extinguished it. And they strive throughout the land [causing] corruption, and Allāh does not like corrupters. [Al-Maaida: 64]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 64

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And the Jews say, "The hand of Allāh is chained."1 Chained are their hands, and cursed are they for what they say. Rather, both His hands are extended; He spends however He wills. And that which has been revealed to you from your Lord will surely increase many of them in transgression and disbelief. And We have cast among them animosity and hatred until the Day of Resurrection. Every time they kindled the fire of war [against you], Allāh extinguished it. And they strive throughout the land [causing] corruption, and Allāh does not like corrupters.

Transliteration

Ayah 64

Waqalati alyahoodu yadu Allahi maghloolatun ghullat aydeehim waluAAinoo bima qaloo bal yadahu mabsootatani yunfiqu kayfa yashao walayazeedanna katheeran minhum ma onzila ilayka min rabbika tughyanan wakufran waalqayna baynahumu alAAadawata waalbaghdaa ila yawmi alqiyamati kullama awqadoo naran lilharbi atfaaha Allahu wayasAAawna fee alardi fasadan waAllahu la yuhibbu almufsideena

Word-by-word

Ayah 64

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقَالَتِ Waqalati And said ق و ل
2 الْيَهُودُ alyahoodu the Jews —
3 يَدُ yadu The Hand ي د ي
4 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
5 مَغْلُولَةٌ maghloolatun (is) chained غ ل ل
6 غُلَّتْ ghullat Are chained غ ل ل
7 أَيْدِيهِمْ aydeehim their hands ي د ي
8 وَلُعِنُواْ waluAAinoo and they have been cursed ل ع ن
9 بِمَا bima for what —
10 قَالُواْ qaloo they said ق و ل
11 بَلْ bal Nay —
12 يَدَاهُ yadahu His Hands ي د ي
13 مَبْسُوطَتَانِ mabsootatani (are) stretched out ب س ط
14 يُنفِقُ yunfiqu He spends ن ف ق
15 كَيْفَ kayfa how ك ي ف
16 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
17 وَلَيَزِيدَنَّ walayazeedanna And surely increase ز ي د
18 كَثِيرًا katheeran many ك ث ر
19 مِّنْهُم minhum of them —
20 مَّآ ma what —
21 أُنزِلَ onzila has been revealed ن ز ل
22 إِلَيْكَ ilayka to you —
23 مِن min from —
24 رَّبِّكَ rabbika your Lord ر ب ب
25 طُغْيَانًا tughyanan (in) rebellion ط غ ي
26 وَكُفْرًا wakufran and disbelief ك ف ر
27 وَأَلْقَيْنَا waalqayna And We have cast ل ق ي
28 بَيْنَهُمُ baynahumu among them ب ي ن
29 الْعَدَاوَةَ alAAadawata [the] enmity ع د و
30 وَالْبَغْضَآءَ waalbaghdaa and [the] hatred ب غ ض
31 إِلَىٰ ila till —
32 يَوْمِ yawmi (the) Day ي و م
33 الْقِيَامَةِ alqiyamati (of) the Resurrection ق و م
34 كُلَّمَآ kullama Every time ك ل ل
35 أَوْقَدُواْ awqadoo they kindled و ق د
36 نَارًا naran (the) fire ن و ر
37 لِّلْحَرْبِ lilharbi of [the] war ح ر ب
38 أَطْفَأَهَا atfaaha it (was) extinguished ط ف أ
39 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
40 وَيَسْعَوْنَ wayasAAawna And they strive س ع ي
41 فِى fee in —
42 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
43 فَسَادًا fasadan spreading corruption ف س د
44 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
45 لَا la (does) not —
46 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu love ح ب ب
47 الْمُفْسِدِينَ almufsideena the corrupters ف س د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 65

وَلَوْ أَنَّ أَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَٱتَّقَوْا۟ لَكَفَّرْنَا عَنْهُمْ سَيِّـَٔاتِهِمْ وَلَأَدْخَلْنَٰهُمْ جَنَّٰتِ ٱلنَّعِيمِ.(65)

And if only the People of the Scripture had believed and feared Allāh, We would have removed from them their misdeeds and admitted them to Gardens of Pleasure. [Al-Maaida: 65]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 65

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if only the People of the Scripture had believed and feared Allāh, We would have removed from them their misdeeds and admitted them to Gardens of Pleasure.

Transliteration

Ayah 65

Walaw anna ahla alkitabi amanoo waittaqaw lakaffarna AAanhum sayyiatihim walaadkhalnahum jannati alnnaAAeemi

Word-by-word

Ayah 65

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَوْ Walaw And if —
2 أَنَّ anna that —
3 أَهْلَ ahla (the) People أ ه ل
4 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book ك ت ب
5 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo (had) believed أ م ن
6 وَاتَّقَوْاْ waittaqaw and feared (Allah) و ق ي
7 لَكَفَّرْنَا lakaffarna surely We (would have) removed ك ف ر
8 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum from them —
9 سَيِّئَاتِهِمْ sayyiatihim their evil (deeds) س و أ
10 وَلَأدْخَلْنَاهُمْ walaadkhalnahum and surely We (would have) admitted them د خ ل
11 جَنَّاتِ jannati (to) Gardens ج ن ن
12 النَّعِيمِ alnnaAAeemi (of) Bliss ن ع م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 66

وَلَوْ أَنَّهُمْ أَقَامُوا۟ ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةَ وَٱلْإِنجِيلَ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْهِم مِّن رَّبِّهِمْ لَأَكَلُوا۟ مِن فَوْقِهِمْ وَمِن تَحْتِ أَرْجُلِهِم ۚ مِّنْهُمْ أُمَّةٌۭ مُّقْتَصِدَةٌۭ ۖ وَكَثِيرٌۭ مِّنْهُمْ سَآءَ مَا يَعْمَلُونَ.(66)

And if only they had upheld [the law of] the Torah, the Gospel, and what has been revealed to them from their Lord [i.e., the Qur’ān], they would have consumed [provision] from above them and from beneath their feet.1 Among them are a moderate [i.e., acceptable] community, but many of them - evil is that which they do. [Al-Maaida: 66]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 66

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if only they had upheld [the law of] the Torah, the Gospel, and what has been revealed to them from their Lord [i.e., the Qur’ān], they would have consumed [provision] from above them and from beneath their feet.1 Among them are a moderate [i.e., acceptable] community, but many of them - evil is that which they do.

Transliteration

Ayah 66

Walaw annahum aqamoo alttawrata waalinjeela wama onzila ilayhim min rabbihim laakaloo min fawqihim wamin tahti arjulihim minhum ommatun muqtasidatun wakatheerun minhum saa ma yaAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 66

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَوْ Walaw And if —
2 أَنَّهُمْ annahum that they —
3 أَقَامُواْ aqamoo had stood firmly ق و م
4 التَّوْرَاةَ alttawrata (by) the Taurat —
5 وَالْإِنجِيلَ waalinjeela and the Injeel —
6 وَمَآ wama and what —
7 أُنزِلَ onzila was revealed ن ز ل
8 إِلَيْهِم ilayhim to them —
9 مِّن min from —
10 رَّبِّهِمْ rabbihim their Lord ر ب ب
11 لَأَكَلُواْ laakaloo surely they (would have) eaten أ ك ل
12 مِن min from —
13 فَوْقِهِمْ fawqihim above them ف و ق
14 وَمِن wamin and from —
15 تَحْتِ tahti beneath ت ح ت
16 أَرْجُلِهِم arjulihim their feet ر ج ل
17 مِّنْهُمْ minhum Among them —
18 أُمَّةٌ ommatun (is) a community أ م م
19 مُّقْتَصِدَةٌ muqtasidatun moderate ق ص د
20 وَكَثِيرٌ wakatheerun but many ك ث ر
21 مِّنْهُمْ minhum of them —
22 سَآءَ saa evil س و أ
23 مَا ma (is) what —
24 يَعْمَلُونَ yaAAmaloona they do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 67

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلرَّسُولُ بَلِّغْ مَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكَ مِن رَّبِّكَ ۖ وَإِن لَّمْ تَفْعَلْ فَمَا بَلَّغْتَ رِسَالَتَهُۥ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ يَعْصِمُكَ مِنَ ٱلنَّاسِ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ.(67)

O Messenger, announce that which has been revealed to you from your Lord, and if you do not, then you have not conveyed His message. And Allāh will protect you from the people. Indeed, Allāh does not guide the disbelieving people. [Al-Maaida: 67]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 67

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O Messenger, announce that which has been revealed to you from your Lord, and if you do not, then you have not conveyed His message. And Allāh will protect you from the people. Indeed, Allāh does not guide the disbelieving people.

Transliteration

Ayah 67

Ya ayyuha alrrasoolu balligh ma onzila ilayka min rabbika wain lam tafAAal fama ballaghta risalatahu waAllahu yaAAsimuka mina alnnasi inna Allaha la yahdee alqawma alkafireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 67

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O —
2 الرَّسُولُ alrrasoolu Messenger! ر س ل
3 بَلِّغْ balligh Convey ب ل غ
4 مَآ ma what —
5 أُنزِلَ onzila has been revealed ن ز ل
6 إِلَيْكَ ilayka to you —
7 مِن min from —
8 رَّبِّكَ rabbika your Lord ر ب ب
9 وَإِن wain and if —
10 لَّمْ lam not —
11 تَفْعَلْ tafAAal you do ف ع ل
12 فَمَا fama then not —
13 بَلَّغْتَ ballaghta you (have) conveyed ب ل غ
14 رِسَالَتَهُۥ risalatahu His Message ر س ل
15 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
16 يَعْصِمُكَ yaAAsimuka will protect you ع ص م
17 مِنَ mina from —
18 النَّاسِ alnnasi the people ن و س
19 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
20 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
21 لَا la (does) not —
22 يَهْدِى yahdee guide ه د ي
23 الْقَوْمَ alqawma the people ق و م
24 الْكَافِرِينَ alkafireena the disbelieving ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 68

قُلْ يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لَسْتُمْ عَلَىٰ شَىْءٍ حَتَّىٰ تُقِيمُوا۟ ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةَ وَٱلْإِنجِيلَ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكُم مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ ۗ وَلَيَزِيدَنَّ كَثِيرًۭا مِّنْهُم مَّآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكَ مِن رَّبِّكَ طُغْيَٰنًۭا وَكُفْرًۭا ۖ فَلَا تَأْسَ عَلَى ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ.(68)

Say, "O People of the Scripture, you are [standing] on nothing until you uphold [the law of] the Torah, the Gospel, and what has been revealed to you from your Lord [i.e., the Qur’ān]." And that which has been revealed to you from your Lord will surely increase many of them in transgression and disbelief. So do not grieve over the disbelieving people. [Al-Maaida: 68]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 68

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "O People of the Scripture, you are [standing] on nothing until you uphold [the law of] the Torah, the Gospel, and what has been revealed to you from your Lord [i.e., the Qur’ān]." And that which has been revealed to you from your Lord will surely increase many of them in transgression and disbelief. So do not grieve over the disbelieving people.

Transliteration

Ayah 68

Qul ya ahla alkitabi lastum AAala shayin hatta tuqeemoo alttawrata waalinjeela wama onzila ilaykum min rabbikum walayazeedanna katheeran minhum ma onzila ilayka min rabbika tughyanan wakufran fala tasa AAala alqawmi alkafireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 68

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 يَاأَهْلَ yaahla O People أ ه ل
3 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book! ك ت ب
4 لَسْتُمْ lastum You are not ل ي س
5 عَلَىٰ AAala on —
6 شَىْءٍ shayin anything ش ي أ
7 حَتَّىٰ hatta until —
8 تُقِيمُواْ tuqeemoo you stand firmly ق و م
9 التَّوْرَاةَ alttawrata (by) the Taurat —
10 وَالْإِنجِيلَ waalinjeela and the Injeel —
11 وَمَآ wama and what —
12 أُنزِلَ onzila has been revealed ن ز ل
13 إِلَيْكُم ilaykum to you —
14 مِّن min from —
15 رَّبِّكُمْ rabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
16 وَلَيَزِيدَنَّ walayazeedanna And surely increase ز ي د
17 كَثِيرًا katheeran many ك ث ر
18 مِّنْهُم minhum of them —
19 مَّآ ma what —
20 أُنزِلَ onzila has been revealed ن ز ل
21 إِلَيْكَ ilayka to you —
22 مِن min from —
23 رَّبِّكَ rabbika your Lord ر ب ب
24 طُغْيَانًا tughyanan (in) rebellion ط غ ي
25 وَكُفْرًا wakufran and disbelief ك ف ر
26 فَلَا fala So (do) not —
27 تَأْسَ tasa grieve أ س و
28 عَلَى AAala over —
29 الْقَوْمِ alqawmi the people ق و م
30 الْكَافِرِينَ alkafireena the disbelieving ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 69

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَٱلَّذِينَ هَادُوا۟ وَٱلصَّٰبِـُٔونَ وَٱلنَّصَٰرَىٰ مَنْ ءَامَنَ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْآخِرِ وَعَمِلَ صَٰلِحًۭا فَلَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ.(69)

Indeed, those who have believed [in Prophet Muḥammad (ﷺ)] and those [before him (ﷺ)] who were Jews or Sabeans or Christians - those [among them] who believed in Allāh and the Last Day and did righteousness - no fear will there be concerning them, nor will they grieve.1 [Al-Maaida: 69]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 69

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those who have believed [in Prophet Muḥammad (ﷺ)] and those [before him (ﷺ)] who were Jews or Sabeans or Christians - those [among them] who believed in Allāh and the Last Day and did righteousness - no fear will there be concerning them, nor will they grieve.1

Transliteration

Ayah 69

Inna allatheena amanoo waallatheena hadoo waalssabioona waalnnasara man amana biAllahi waalyawmi alakhiri waAAamila salihan fala khawfun AAalayhim wala hum yahzanoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 69

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believed أ م ن
4 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena and those who —
5 هَادُواْ hadoo became Jews ه و د
6 وَالصَّابِؤُونَ waalssabioona and the Sabians ص ب أ
7 وَالنَّصَارَىٰ waalnnasara and the Christians ن ص ر
8 مَنْ man whoever —
9 اٰمَنَ amana believed أ م ن
10 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
11 وَالْيَوْمِ waalyawmi and the Day ي و م
12 الاٰخِرِ alakhiri the Last أ خ ر
13 وَعَمِلَ waAAamila and did ع م ل
14 صَالِحًا salihan good deeds ص ل ح
15 فَلَا fala then no —
16 خَوْفٌ khawfun fear خ و ف
17 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim on them —
18 وَلَا wala and not —
19 هُمْ hum they —
20 يَحْزَنُونَ yahzanoona will grieve ح ز ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 70

لَقَدْ أَخَذْنَا مِيثَٰقَ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ وَأَرْسَلْنَآ إِلَيْهِمْ رُسُلًۭا ۖ كُلَّمَا جَآءَهُمْ رَسُولٌۢ بِمَا لَا تَهْوَىٰٓ أَنفُسُهُمْ فَرِيقًۭا كَذَّبُوا۟ وَفَرِيقًۭا يَقْتُلُونَ.(70)

We had already taken the covenant of the Children of Israel and had sent to them messengers. Whenever there came to them a messenger with what their souls did not desire, a party [of messengers] they denied, and another party they killed. [Al-Maaida: 70]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 70

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

We had already taken the covenant of the Children of Israel and had sent to them messengers. Whenever there came to them a messenger with what their souls did not desire, a party [of messengers] they denied, and another party they killed.

Transliteration

Ayah 70

Laqad akhathna meethaqa banee israeela waarsalna ilayhim rusulan kullama jaahum rasoolun bima la tahwa anfusuhum fareeqan kaththaboo wafareeqan yaqtuloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 70

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَقَدْ Laqad Certainly —
2 أَخَذْنَا akhathna We took أ خ ذ
3 مِيثَاقَ meethaqa a Covenant و ث ق
4 بَنِىٓ banee (from the) Children ب ن ي
5 إِسْرَائِيلَ israeela (of) Israel —
6 وَأَرْسَلْنَآ waarsalna and We sent ر س ل
7 إِلَيْهِمْ ilayhim to them —
8 رُسُلًا rusulan Messengers ر س ل
9 كُلَّمَا kullama Whenever ك ل ل
10 جَآءَهُمْ jaahum came to them ج ي أ
11 رَسُولٌ rasoolun any Messenger ر س ل
12 بِمَا bima with what —
13 لَا la not —
14 تَهْوَىٰٓ tahwa desired ه و ي
15 أَنْفُسُهُمْ anfusuhum their souls ن ف س
16 فَرِيقًا fareeqan a group ف ر ق
17 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo they denied ك ذ ب
18 وَفَرِيقًا wafareeqan and a group ف ر ق
19 يَقْتُلُونَ yaqtuloona they kill ق ت ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 71

وَحَسِبُوٓا۟ أَلَّا تَكُونَ فِتْنَةٌۭ فَعَمُوا۟ وَصَمُّوا۟ ثُمَّ تَابَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِمْ ثُمَّ عَمُوا۟ وَصَمُّوا۟ كَثِيرٌۭ مِّنْهُمْ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ بَصِيرٌۢ بِمَا يَعْمَلُونَ.(71)

And they thought there would be no [resulting] punishment, so they became blind and deaf. Then Allāh turned to them in forgiveness; then [again] many of them became blind and deaf. And Allāh is Seeing of what they do. [Al-Maaida: 71]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 71

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And they thought there would be no [resulting] punishment, so they became blind and deaf. Then Allāh turned to them in forgiveness; then [again] many of them became blind and deaf. And Allāh is Seeing of what they do.

Transliteration

Ayah 71

Wahasiboo alla takoona fitnatun faAAamoo wasammoo thumma taba Allahu AAalayhim thumma AAamoo wasammoo katheerun minhum waAllahu baseerun bima yaAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 71

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَحَسِبُوٓاْ Wahasiboo And they thought ح س ب
2 أَلَّا alla that not —
3 تَكُونَ takoona will be (for them) ك و ن
4 فِتْنَةٌ fitnatun a trial ف ت ن
5 فَعَمُواْ faAAamoo so they became blind ع م ي
6 وَصَمُّواْ wasammoo and they became deaf ص م م
7 ثُمَّ thumma Then —
8 تَابَ taba turned ت و ب
9 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
10 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim to them —
11 ثُمَّ thumma then (again) —
12 عَمُواْ AAamoo they became blind ع م ي
13 وَصَمُّواْ wasammoo and they became deaf ص م م
14 كَثِيرٌ katheerun many ك ث ر
15 مِّنْهُمْ minhum of them —
16 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
17 بَصِيرٌ baseerun (is) All-Seer ب ص ر
18 بِمَا bima of what —
19 يَعْمَلُونَ yaAAmaloona they do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 72

لَقَدْ كَفَرَ الَّذِينَ قَالُوا إِنَّ اللَّـهَ هُوَ الْمَسِيحُ ابْنُ مَرْيَمَ ۖ وَقَالَ الْمَسِيحُ يَـٰبَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ اعْبُدُوا اللَّـهَ رَبِّي وَرَبَّكُمْ ۖ إِنَّهُ مَن يُشْرِكْ بِاللَّـهِ فَقَدْ حَرَّمَ اللَّـهُ عَلَيْهِ الْجَنَّةَ وَمَأْوَاهُ النَّارُ ۖ وَمَا لِلظَّـٰلِمِينَ مِنْ أَنصَارٍ(72)

They have certainly disbelieved who say, "Allāh is the Messiah, the son of Mary" while the Messiah has said, "O Children of Israel, worship Allāh, my Lord and your Lord." Indeed, he who associates others with Allāh - Allāh has forbidden him Paradise, and his refuge is the Fire. And there are not for the wrongdoers any helpers. [Al-Maaida: 72]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 72

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They have certainly disbelieved who say, "Allāh is the Messiah, the son of Mary" while the Messiah has said, "O Children of Israel, worship Allāh, my Lord and your Lord." Indeed, he who associates others with Allāh - Allāh has forbidden him Paradise, and his refuge is the Fire. And there are not for the wrongdoers any helpers.

Transliteration

Ayah 72

Laqad kafara allatheena qaloo inna Allaha huwa almaseehu ibnu maryama waqala almaseehu ya banee israeela oAAbudoo Allaha rabbee warabbakum innahu man yushrik biAllahi faqad harrama Allahu AAalayhi aljannata wamawahu alnnaru wama lilththalimeena min ansarin

Word-by-word

Ayah 72

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَقَدْ Laqad Certainly —
2 كَفَرَ kafara disbelieved ك ف ر
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
4 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo say ق و ل
5 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
6 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
7 هُوَ huwa He —
8 الْمَسِيحُ almaseehu (is) the Messiah —
9 ابْنُ ibnu son ب ن ي
10 مَرْيَمَ maryama (of) Maryam —
11 وَقَالَ waqala While said ق و ل
12 الْمَسِيحُ almaseehu the Messiah —
13 يَابَنِىٓ yabanee O Children ب ن ي
14 إِسْرَائِيلَ israeela (of) Israel! —
15 اعْبُدُواْ oAAbudoo Worship ع ب د
16 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
17 رَبِّى rabbee my Lord ر ب ب
18 وَرَبَّكُمْ warabbakum and your Lord ر ب ب
19 إِنَّهُۥ innahu Indeed he —
20 مَن man who —
21 يُشْرِكْ yushrik associates partners ش ر ك
22 بِاللهِ biAllahi with Allah أ ل ه
23 فَقَدْ faqad then surely —
24 حَرَّمَ harrama (has) forbidden ح ر م
25 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
26 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi for him —
27 الْجَنَّةَ aljannata Paradise ج ن ن
28 وَمَأْوَاهُ wamawahu and his abode أ و ي
29 النَّارُ alnnaru (will be) the Fire ن و ر
30 وَمَا wama And not —
31 لِلظَّالِمِينَ lilththalimeena for the wrongdoers ظ ل م
32 مِنْ min any —
33 أَنصَارٍ ansarin helpers ن ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 73

لَّقَدْ كَفَرَ ٱلَّذِينَ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ ثَالِثُ ثَلَٰثَةٍۢ ۘ وَمَا مِنْ إِلَٰهٍ إِلَّآ إِلَٰهٌۭ وَٰحِدٌۭ ۚ وَإِن لَّمْ يَنتَهُوا۟ عَمَّا يَقُولُونَ لَيَمَسَّنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِنْهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ.(73)

They have certainly disbelieved who say, "Allāh is the third of three."1 And there is no god except one God. And if they do not desist from what they are saying, there will surely afflict the disbelievers among them a painful punishment. [Al-Maaida: 73]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 73

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They have certainly disbelieved who say, "Allāh is the third of three."1 And there is no god except one God. And if they do not desist from what they are saying, there will surely afflict the disbelievers among them a painful punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 73

Laqad kafara allatheena qaloo inna Allaha thalithu thalathatin wama min ilahin illa ilahun wahidun wain lam yantahoo AAamma yaqooloona layamassanna allatheena kafaroo minhum AAathabun aleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 73

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَّقَدْ Laqad Certainly —
2 كَفَرَ kafara disbelieved ك ف ر
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
4 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo say ق و ل
5 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
6 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
7 ثَالِثُ thalithu (is the) third ث ل ث
8 ثَلَاثَةٍ thalathatin (of) three ث ل ث
9 وَمَا wama And (there is) no —
10 مِنْ min [of] —
11 إِلَٰهٍ ilahin god أ ل ه
12 إِلَّآ illa except —
13 إِلَٰهٌ ilahun (the) God أ ل ه
14 وَاحِدٌ wahidun (the) One و ح د
15 وَإِن wain And if —
16 لَّمْ lam not —
17 يَنتَهُواْ yantahoo they desist ن ه ي
18 عَمَّا AAamma from what —
19 يَقُولُونَ yaqooloona they are saying ق و ل
20 لَيَمَسَّنَّ layamassanna surely will afflict م س س
21 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
22 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
23 مِنْهُمْ minhum among them —
24 عَذَابٌ AAathabun a punishment ع ذ ب
25 أَلِيمٌ aleemun painful أ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 74

أَفَلَا يَتُوبُونَ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ وَيَسْتَغْفِرُونَهُۥ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ غَفُورٌۭ رَّحِيمٌۭ.(74)

So will they not repent to Allāh and seek His forgiveness? And Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful. [Al-Maaida: 74]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 74

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So will they not repent to Allāh and seek His forgiveness? And Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 74

Afala yatooboona ila Allahi wayastaghfiroonahu waAllahu ghafoorun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 74

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَفَلَا Afala So will not? —
2 يَتُوبُونَ yatooboona they turn in repentance ت و ب
3 إِلَى ila to —
4 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
5 وَيَسْتَغْفِرُونَهُۥ wayastaghfiroonahu and seek His forgiveness غ ف ر
6 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
7 غَفُورٌ ghafoorun (is) Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
8 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 75

مَّا ٱلْمَسِيحُ ٱبْنُ مَرْيَمَ إِلَّا رَسُولٌۭ قَدْ خَلَتْ مِن قَبْلِهِ ٱلرُّسُلُ وَأُمُّهُۥ صِدِّيقَةٌۭ ۖ كَانَا يَأْكُلَانِ ٱلطَّعَامَ ۗ ٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ نُبَيِّنُ لَهُمُ ٱلْآيَٰتِ ثُمَّ ٱنظُرْ أَنَّىٰ يُؤْفَكُونَ.(75)

The Messiah, son of Mary, was not but a messenger; [other] messengers have passed on before him. And his mother was a supporter of truth. They both used to eat food.1 Look how We make clear to them the signs; then look how they are deluded. [Al-Maaida: 75]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 75

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

The Messiah, son of Mary, was not but a messenger; [other] messengers have passed on before him. And his mother was a supporter of truth. They both used to eat food.1 Look how We make clear to them the signs; then look how they are deluded.

Transliteration

Ayah 75

Ma almaseehu ibnu maryama illa rasoolun qad khalat min qablihi alrrusulu waommuhu siddeeqatun kana yakulani alttaAAama onthur kayfa nubayyinu lahumu alayati thumma onthur anna yufakoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 75

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَّا Ma Not —
2 الْمَسِيحُ almaseehu (is) the Messiah —
3 ابْنُ ibnu son ب ن ي
4 مَرْيَمَ maryama (of) Maryam —
5 إِلَّا illa but —
6 رَسُولٌ rasoolun a Messenger ر س ل
7 قَدْ qad certainly —
8 خَلَتْ khalat had passed خ ل و
9 مِن min from —
10 قَبْلِهِ qablihi before him ق ب ل
11 الرُّسُلُ alrrusulu the Messengers ر س ل
12 وَأُمُّهُۥ waommuhu And his mother أ م م
13 صِدِّيقَةٌ siddeeqatun (was) truthful ص د ق
14 كَانَا kana They both used to ك و ن
15 يَأْكُلَانِ yakulani eat أ ك ل
16 الطَّعَامَ alttaAAama [the] food ط ع م
17 انظُرْ onthur See ن ظ ر
18 كَيْفَ kayfa how ك ي ف
19 نُبَيِّنُ nubayyinu We make clear ب ي ن
20 لَهُمُ lahumu to them —
21 الاٰيَاتِ alayati the Signs أ ي ي
22 ثُمَّ thumma then —
23 انظُرْ onthur see ن ظ ر
24 أَنَّىٰ anna how أ ن ي
25 يُؤْفَكُونَ yufakoona they are deluded أ ف ك

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 76

قُلْ أَتَعْبُدُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا يَمْلِكُ لَكُمْ ضَرًّا وَلَا نَفْعًۭا ۚ وَٱللَّهُ هُوَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ.(76)

Say, "Do you worship besides Allāh that which holds for you no [power of] harm or benefit while it is Allāh who is the Hearing, the Knowing?" [Al-Maaida: 76]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 76

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Do you worship besides Allāh that which holds for you no [power of] harm or benefit while it is Allāh who is the Hearing, the Knowing?"

Transliteration

Ayah 76

Qul ataAAbudoona min dooni Allahi ma la yamliku lakum darran wala nafAAan waAllahu huwa alssameeAAu alAAaleemu

Word-by-word

Ayah 76

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 أَتَعْبُدُونَ ataAAbudoona Do you worship? ع ب د
3 مِن min from —
4 دُونِ dooni besides د و ن
5 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
6 مَا ma what —
7 لَا la not —
8 يَمْلِكُ yamliku has power م ل ك
9 لَكُمْ lakum to (cause) you —
10 ضَرًّا darran any harm ض ر ر
11 وَلَا wala and not —
12 نَفْعًا nafAAan any benefit ن ف ع
13 وَاللهُ waAllahu while Allah أ ل ه
14 هُوَ huwa He —
15 السَّمِيعُ alssameeAAu (is) the All-Hearing س م ع
16 الْعَلِيمُ alAAaleemu the All-Knowing ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 77

قُلْ يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لَا تَغْلُوا۟ فِى دِينِكُمْ غَيْرَ ٱلْحَقِّ وَلَا تَتَّبِعُوٓا۟ أَهْوَآءَ قَوْمٍۢ قَدْ ضَلُّوا۟ مِن قَبْلُ وَأَضَلُّوا۟ كَثِيرًۭا وَضَلُّوا۟ عَن سَوَآءِ ٱلسَّبِيلِ.(77)

Say, "O People of the Scripture, do not exceed limits in your religion beyond the truth and do not follow the inclinations of a people who had gone astray before and misled many and have strayed from the soundness of the way." [Al-Maaida: 77]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 77

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "O People of the Scripture, do not exceed limits in your religion beyond the truth and do not follow the inclinations of a people who had gone astray before and misled many and have strayed from the soundness of the way."

Transliteration

Ayah 77

Qul ya ahla alkitabi la taghloo fee deenikum ghayra alhaqqi wala tattabiAAoo ahwaa qawmin qad dalloo min qablu waadalloo katheeran wadalloo AAan sawai alssabeeli

Word-by-word

Ayah 77

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 يَاأَهْلَ yaahla O People أ ه ل
3 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book! ك ت ب
4 لَا la (Do) not —
5 تَغْلُواْ taghloo exceed غ ل و
6 فِى fee in —
7 دِينِكُمْ deenikum your religion د ي ن
8 غَيْرَ ghayra other than غ ي ر
9 الْحَقِّ alhaqqi the truth ح ق ق
10 وَلَا wala and (do) not —
11 تَتَّبِعُواْ tattabiAAoo follow ت ب ع
12 أَهْوَآءَ ahwaa (vain) desires ه و ي
13 قَوْمٍ qawmin (of) a people ق و م
14 قَدْ qad certainly —
15 ضَلُّواْ dalloo who went astray ض ل ل
16 مِن min from —
17 قَبْلُ qablu before ق ب ل
18 وَأَضَلُّواْ waadalloo and they misled ض ل ل
19 كَثِيرًا katheeran many ك ث ر
20 وَضَلُّواْ wadalloo and they have strayed ض ل ل
21 عَن AAan from —
22 سَوَآءِ sawai (the) right س و ي
23 السَّبِيلِ alssabeeli [the] way س ب ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 78

لُعِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِنۢ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ عَلَىٰ لِسَانِ دَاوُۥدَ وَعِيسَى ٱبْنِ مَرْيَمَ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ بِمَا عَصَوا۟ وَّكَانُوا۟ يَعْتَدُونَ.(78)

Cursed were those who disbelieved among the Children of Israel by the tongue of David and of Jesus, the son of Mary. That was because they disobeyed and [habitually] transgressed. [Al-Maaida: 78]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 78

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Cursed were those who disbelieved among the Children of Israel by the tongue of David and of Jesus, the son of Mary. That was because they disobeyed and [habitually] transgressed.

Transliteration

Ayah 78

LuAAina allatheena kafaroo min banee israeela AAala lisani dawooda waAAeesa ibni maryama thalika bima AAasaw wakanoo yaAAtadoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 78

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لُعِنَ LuAAina Were cursed ل ع ن
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
3 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
4 مِن min from —
5 بَنِىٓ banee (the) Children ب ن ي
6 إِسْرَائِيلَ israeela (of) Israel —
7 عَلَىٰ AAala by —
8 لِسَانِ lisani (the) tongue ل س ن
9 دَاوُۥدَ dawooda (of) Dawood —
10 وَعِيسَى waAAeesa and Isa —
11 ابْنِ ibni son ب ن ي
12 مَرْيَمَ maryama (of) Maryam —
13 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that (was) —
14 بِمَا bima because —
15 عَصَوا AAasaw they disobeyed ع ص ي
16 وَّكَانُواْ wakanoo and they were ك و ن
17 يَعْتَدُونَ yaAAtadoona transgressing ع د و

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 79

كَانُوا۟ لَا يَتَنَاهَوْنَ عَن مُّنكَرٍۢ فَعَلُوهُ ۚ لَبِئْسَ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْعَلُونَ.(79)

They used not to prevent one another from wrongdoing that they did. How wretched was that which they were doing. [Al-Maaida: 79]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 79

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They used not to prevent one another from wrongdoing that they did. How wretched was that which they were doing.

Transliteration

Ayah 79

Kanoo la yatanahawna AAan munkarin faAAaloohu labisa ma kanoo yafAAaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 79

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 كَانُواْ Kanoo They had been ك و ن
2 لَا la not —
3 يَتَنَاهَوْنَ yatanahawna forbidding each other ن ه ي
4 عَن AAan from —
5 مُّنكَرٍ munkarin wrongdoing ن ك ر
6 فَعَلُوهُ faAAaloohu they did [it] ف ع ل
7 لَبِئْسَ labisa Surely evil ب أ س
8 مَا ma (was) what —
9 كَانُواْ kanoo they were ك و ن
10 يَفْعَلُونَ yafAAaloona doing ف ع ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 80

تَرَىٰ كَثِيرًۭا مِّنْهُمْ يَتَوَلَّوْنَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ ۚ لَبِئْسَ مَا قَدَّمَتْ لَهُمْ أَنفُسُهُمْ أَن سَخِطَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِمْ وَفِى ٱلْعَذَابِ هُمْ خَٰلِدُونَ.(80)

You see many of them becoming allies of those who disbelieved [i.e., the polytheists]. How wretched is that which they have put forth for themselves in that Allāh has become angry with them, and in the punishment they will abide eternally. [Al-Maaida: 80]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 80

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

You see many of them becoming allies of those who disbelieved [i.e., the polytheists]. How wretched is that which they have put forth for themselves in that Allāh has become angry with them, and in the punishment they will abide eternally.

Transliteration

Ayah 80

Tara katheeran minhum yatawallawna allatheena kafaroo labisa ma qaddamat lahum anfusuhum an sakhita Allahu AAalayhim wafee alAAathabi hum khalidoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 80

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 تَرَى Tara You see ر أ ي
2 كَثِيرًا katheeran many ك ث ر
3 مِّنْهُمْ minhum of them —
4 يَتَوَلَّوْنَ yatawallawna taking as allies و ل ي
5 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
6 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
7 لَبِئْسَ labisa Surely evil ب أ س
8 مَا ma (is) what —
9 قَدَّمَتْ qaddamat sent forth ق د م
10 لَهُمْ lahum for them —
11 أَنفُسُهُمْ anfusuhum their souls ن ف س
12 أَن an that —
13 سَخِطَ sakhita became angry س خ ط
14 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
15 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim with them —
16 وَفِى wafee and in —
17 الْعَذَابِ alAAathabi the punishment ع ذ ب
18 هُمْ hum they —
19 خَالِدُونَ khalidoona (will) abide forever خ ل د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 81

وَلَوْ كَانُوا۟ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلنَّبِىِّ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْهِ مَا ٱتَّخَذُوهُمْ أَوْلِيَآءَ وَلَٰكِنَّ كَثِيرًۭا مِّنْهُمْ فَٰسِقُونَ.(81)

And if they had believed in Allāh and the Prophet and in what was revealed to him, they would not have taken them as allies; but many of them are defiantly disobedient. [Al-Maaida: 81]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 81

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if they had believed in Allāh and the Prophet and in what was revealed to him, they would not have taken them as allies; but many of them are defiantly disobedient.

Transliteration

Ayah 81

Walaw kanoo yuminoona biAllahi waalnnabiyyi wama onzila ilayhi ma ittakhathoohum awliyaa walakinna katheeran minhum fasiqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 81

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَوْ Walaw And if —
2 كَانُوا kanoo they had ك و ن
3 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona believed أ م ن
4 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
5 وَالنَّبِىِّ waalnnabiyyi and the Prophet ن ب أ
6 وَمَآ wama and what —
7 أُنزِلَ onzila has been revealed ن ز ل
8 إِلَيْهِ ilayhi to him —
9 مَا ma not —
10 اتَّخَذُوهُمْ ittakhathoohum they (would have) taken them أ خ ذ
11 أَوْلِيَآءَ awliyaa (as) allies و ل ي
12 وَلَٰكِنَّ walakinna [and] but —
13 كَثِيرًا katheeran many ك ث ر
14 مِّنْهُمْ minhum of them —
15 فَاسِقُونَ fasiqoona (are) defiantly disobedient ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 82

لَتَجِدَنَّ أَشَدَّ ٱلنَّاسِ عَدَٰوَةًۭ لِّلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱلْيَهُودَ وَٱلَّذِينَ أَشْرَكُوا۟ ۖ وَلَتَجِدَنَّ أَقْرَبَهُم مَّوَدَّةًۭ لِّلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا نَصَٰرَىٰ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّ مِنْهُمْ قِسِّيسِينَ وَرُهْبَانًۭا وَأَنَّهُمْ لَا يَسْتَكْبِرُونَ.(82)

You will surely find the most intense of the people in animosity toward the believers [to be] the Jews and those who associate others with Allāh; and you will find the nearest of them in affection to the believers those who say, "We are Christians." That is because among them are priests and monks and because they are not arrogant. [Al-Maaida: 82]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 82

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

You will surely find the most intense of the people in animosity toward the believers [to be] the Jews and those who associate others with Allāh; and you will find the nearest of them in affection to the believers those who say, "We are Christians." That is because among them are priests and monks and because they are not arrogant.

Transliteration

Ayah 82

Latajidanna ashadda alnnasi AAadawatan lillatheena amanoo alyahooda waallatheena ashrakoo walatajidanna aqrabahum mawaddatan lillatheena amanoo allatheena qaloo inna nasara thalika bianna minhum qisseeseena waruhbanan waannahum la yastakbiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 82

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَتَجِدَنَّ Latajidanna Surely you will find و ج د
2 أَشَدَّ ashadda strongest ش د د
3 النَّاسِ alnnasi (of) the people ن و س
4 عَدَاوَةً AAadawatan (in) enmity ع د و
5 لِّلَّذِينَ lillatheena to those who —
6 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe أ م ن
7 الْيَهُودَ alyahooda the Jews —
8 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena and those who —
9 أَشْرَكُواْ ashrakoo (are) polytheists ش ر ك
10 وَلَتَجِدَنَّ walatajidanna and surely you will find و ج د
11 أَقْرَبَهُمْ aqrabahum nearest of them ق ر ب
12 مَّوَدَّةً mawaddatan (in) affection و د د
13 لِّلَّذِينَ lillatheena to those who —
14 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe أ م ن
15 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
16 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo say ق و ل
17 إِنَّا inna We —
18 نَصَارَىٰ nasara (are) Christians ن ص ر
19 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That (is) —
20 بِأَنَّ bianna because —
21 مِنْهُمْ minhum among them —
22 قِسِّيسِينَ qisseeseena (are) priests ق س س
23 وَرُهْبَانًا waruhbanan and monks ر ه ب
24 وَأَنَّهُمْ waannahum and that they —
25 لَا la (are) not —
26 يَسْتَكْبِرُونَ yastakbiroona arrogant ك ب ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 83

وَإِذَا سَمِعُوا۟ مَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَى ٱلرَّسُولِ تَرَىٰٓ أَعْيُنَهُمْ تَفِيضُ مِنَ ٱلدَّمْعِ مِمَّا عَرَفُوا۟ مِنَ ٱلْحَقِّ ۖ يَقُولُونَ رَبَّنَآ ءَامَنَّا فَٱكْتُبْنَا مَعَ ٱلشَّٰهِدِينَ.(83)

And when they hear what has been revealed to the Messenger, you see their eyes overflowing with tears because of what they have recognized of the truth. They say, "Our Lord, we have believed, so register us among the witnesses. [Al-Maaida: 83]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 83

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when they hear what has been revealed to the Messenger, you see their eyes overflowing with tears because of what they have recognized of the truth. They say, "Our Lord, we have believed, so register us among the witnesses.

Transliteration

Ayah 83

Waitha samiAAoo ma onzila ila alrrasooli tara aAAyunahum tafeedu mina alddamAAi mimma AAarafoo mina alhaqqi yaqooloona rabbana amanna faoktubna maAAa alshshahideena

Word-by-word

Ayah 83

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذَا Waitha And when —
2 سَمِعُواْ samiAAoo they listen س م ع
3 مَآ ma (to) what —
4 أُنزِلَ onzila has been revealed ن ز ل
5 إِلَى ila to —
6 الرَّسُولِ alrrasooli the Messenger ر س ل
7 تَرَى tara you see ر أ ي
8 أَعْيُنَهُمْ aAAyunahum their eyes ع ي ن
9 تَفِيضُ tafeedu overflowing ف ي ض
10 مِنَ mina with —
11 الدَّمْعِ alddamAAi the tears د م ع
12 مِمَّا mimma for what —
13 عَرَفُواْ AAarafoo they recognized ع ر ف
14 مِنَ mina of —
15 الْحَقِّ alhaqqi the truth ح ق ق
16 يَقُولُونَ yaqooloona They say ق و ل
17 رَبَّنَآ rabbana Our Lord ر ب ب
18 اٰمَنَّا amanna we have believed أ م ن
19 فَاكْتُبْنَا faoktubna so write us ك ت ب
20 مَعَ maAAa with —
21 الشَّاهِدِينَ alshshahideena the witnesses ش ه د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 84

وَمَا لَنَا لَا نُؤْمِنُ بِٱللَّهِ وَمَا جَآءَنَا مِنَ ٱلْحَقِّ وَنَطْمَعُ أَن يُدْخِلَنَا رَبُّنَا مَعَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ.(84)

And why should we not believe in Allāh and what has come to us of the truth? And we aspire that our Lord will admit us [to Paradise] with the righteous people." [Al-Maaida: 84]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 84

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And why should we not believe in Allāh and what has come to us of the truth? And we aspire that our Lord will admit us [to Paradise] with the righteous people."

Transliteration

Ayah 84

Wama lana la numinu biAllahi wama jaana mina alhaqqi wanatmaAAu an yudkhilana rabbuna maAAa alqawmi alssaliheena

Word-by-word

Ayah 84

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And what? —
2 لَنَا lana for us (that) —
3 لَا la not —
4 نُؤْمِنُ numinu we believe أ م ن
5 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
6 وَمَا wama and what —
7 جَآءَنَا jaana came (to) us ج ي أ
8 مِنَ mina from —
9 الْحَقِّ alhaqqi the truth ح ق ق
10 وَنَطْمَعُ wanatmaAAu And we hope ط م ع
11 أَن an that —
12 يُدْخِلَنَا yudkhilana will admit us د خ ل
13 رَبُّنَا rabbuna our Lord ر ب ب
14 مَعَ maAAa with —
15 الْقَوْمِ alqawmi the people ق و م
16 الصَّالِحِينَ alssaliheena the righteous ص ل ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 85

فَأَثَٰبَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِمَا قَالُوا۟ جَنَّٰتٍۢ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا ۚ وَذَٰلِكَ جَزَآءُ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ.(85)

So Allāh rewarded them for what they said1 with gardens [in Paradise] beneath which rivers flow, wherein they abide eternally. And that is the reward of doers of good. [Al-Maaida: 85]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 85

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So Allāh rewarded them for what they said1 with gardens [in Paradise] beneath which rivers flow, wherein they abide eternally. And that is the reward of doers of good.

Transliteration

Ayah 85

Faathabahumu Allahu bima qaloo jannatin tajree min tahtiha alanharu khalideena feeha wathalika jazao almuhsineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 85

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَأَثَابَهُمُ Faathabahumu So rewarded them ث و ب
2 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
3 بِمَا bima for what —
4 قَالُواْ qaloo they said ق و ل
5 جَنَّاتٍ jannatin (with) Gardens ج ن ن
6 تَجْرِى tajree flows ج ر ي
7 مِن min from —
8 تَحْتِهَا tahtiha underneath them ت ح ت
9 الْأَنْهَارُ alanharu the rivers ن ه ر
10 خَالِدِينَ khalideena will abide forever خ ل د
11 فِيهَا feeha in it —
12 وَذَٰلِكَ wathalika And that —
13 جَزَآءُ jazao (is the) reward ج ز ي
14 الْمُحْسِنِينَ almuhsineena (of) the good-doers ح س ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 86

وَٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَكَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَآ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلْجَحِيمِ.(86)

But those who disbelieved and denied Our signs - they are the companions of Hellfire. [Al-Maaida: 86]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 86

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But those who disbelieved and denied Our signs - they are the companions of Hellfire.

Transliteration

Ayah 86

Waallatheena kafaroo wakaththaboo biayatina olaika ashabu aljaheemi

Word-by-word

Ayah 86

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالَّذِينَ Waallatheena And those who —
2 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
3 وَكَذَّبُواْ wakaththaboo and denied ك ذ ب
4 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina Our Signs أ ي ي
5 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika those —
6 أَصْحَابُ ashabu (are the) companions ص ح ب
7 الْجَحِيمِ aljaheemi (of) the Hellfire ج ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 87

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تُحَرِّمُوا۟ طَيِّبَٰتِ مَآ أَحَلَّ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمْ وَلَا تَعْتَدُوٓا۟ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُعْتَدِينَ.(87)

O you who have believed, do not prohibit the good things which Allāh has made lawful to you and do not transgress. Indeed, Allāh does not like transgressors. [Al-Maaida: 87]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 87

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, do not prohibit the good things which Allāh has made lawful to you and do not transgress. Indeed, Allāh does not like transgressors.

Transliteration

Ayah 87

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo la tuharrimoo tayyibati ma ahalla Allahu lakum wala taAAtadoo inna Allaha la yuhibbu almuAAtadeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 87

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 لَا la (Do) not —
5 تُحَرِّمُواْ tuharrimoo make unlawful ح ر م
6 طَيِّبَاتِ tayyibati (the) good things ط ي ب
7 مَآ ma (of) what —
8 أَحَلَّ ahalla has (been) made lawful ح ل ل
9 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
10 لَكُمْ lakum for you —
11 وَلَا wala and (do) not —
12 تَعْتَدُوٓاْ taAAtadoo transgress ع د و
13 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
14 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
15 لَا la (does) not —
16 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu love ح ب ب
17 الْمُعْتَدِينَ almuAAtadeena the transgressors ع د و

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 88

وَكُلُوا۟ مِمَّا رَزَقَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ حَلَٰلًۭا طَيِّبًۭا ۚ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنتُم بِهِۦ مُؤْمِنُونَ.(88)

And eat of what Allāh has provided for you [which is] lawful and good. And fear Allāh, in whom you are believers. [Al-Maaida: 88]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 88

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And eat of what Allāh has provided for you [which is] lawful and good. And fear Allāh, in whom you are believers.

Transliteration

Ayah 88

Wakuloo mimma razaqakumu Allahu halalan tayyiban waittaqoo Allaha allathee antum bihi muminoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 88

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَكُلُواْ Wakuloo And eat أ ك ل
2 مِمَّا mimma of what —
3 رَزَقَكُمُ razaqakumu has provided you ر ز ق
4 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
5 حَلَالًا halalan lawful ح ل ل
6 طَيِّبًا tayyiban good ط ي ب
7 وَاتَّقُواْ waittaqoo And fear و ق ي
8 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
9 الَّذِىٓ allathee the One —
10 أَنتُم antum you (are) —
11 بِهِۦ bihi in Him —
12 مُؤْمِنُونَ muminoona believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 89

لَا يُؤَاخِذُكُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِٱللَّغْوِ فِىٓ أَيْمَٰنِكُمْ وَلَٰكِن يُؤَاخِذُكُم بِمَا عَقَّدتُّمُ ٱلْأَيْمَٰنَ ۖ فَكَفَّٰرَتُهُۥٓ إِطْعَامُ عَشَرَةِ مَسَٰكِينَ مِنْ أَوْسَطِ مَا تُطْعِمُونَ أَهْلِيكُمْ أَوْ كِسْوَتُهُمْ أَوْ تَحْرِيرُ رَقَبَةٍۢ ۖ فَمَن لَّمْ يَجِدْ فَصِيَامُ ثَلَٰثَةِ أَيَّامٍۢ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ كَفَّٰرَةُ أَيْمَٰنِكُمْ إِذَا حَلَفْتُمْ ۚ وَٱحْفَظُوٓا۟ أَيْمَٰنَكُمْ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ يُبَيِّنُ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمْ ءَايَٰتِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَشْكُرُونَ.(89)

Allāh will not impose blame upon you for what is meaningless1 in your oaths, but He will impose blame upon you for [breaking] what you intended of oaths. So its expiation2 is the feeding of ten needy people from the average of that which you feed your [own] families or clothing them or the freeing of a slave. But whoever cannot find [or afford it] - then a fast of three days [is required]. That is the expiation for oaths when you have sworn. But guard your oaths.3 Thus does Allāh make clear to you His verses [i.e., revealed law] that you may be grateful. [Al-Maaida: 89]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 89

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh will not impose blame upon you for what is meaningless1 in your oaths, but He will impose blame upon you for [breaking] what you intended of oaths. So its expiation2 is the feeding of ten needy people from the average of that which you feed your [own] families or clothing them or the freeing of a slave. But whoever cannot find [or afford it] - then a fast of three days [is required]. That is the expiation for oaths when you have sworn. But guard your oaths.3 Thus does Allāh make clear to you His verses [i.e., revealed law] that you may be grateful.

Transliteration

Ayah 89

La yuakhithukumu Allahu biallaghwi fee aymanikum walakin yuakhithukum bima AAaqqadtumu alaymana fakaffaratuhu itAAamu AAasharati masakeena min awsati ma tutAAimoona ahleekum aw kiswatuhum aw tahreeru raqabatin faman lam yajid fasiyamu thalathati ayyamin thalika kaffaratu aymanikum itha halaftum waihfathoo aymanakum kathalika yubayyinu Allahu lakum ayatihi laAAallakum tashkuroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 89

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَا La Not —
2 يُؤَاخِذُكُمُ yuakhithukumu will call you to account أ خ ذ
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 بِاللَّغْوِ biallaghwi for the thoughtless utterances ل غ و
5 فِىٓ fee in —
6 أَيْمَانِكُمْ aymanikum your oaths ي م ن
7 وَلَٰكِن walakin but —
8 يُؤَاخِذُكُم yuakhithukum He will call you to account أ خ ذ
9 بِمَا bima for what —
10 عَقَّدتُّمُ AAaqqadtumu you contracted ع ق د
11 الْأَيْمَانَ alaymana (of) the oath ي م ن
12 فَكَفَّارَتُهُۥٓ fakaffaratuhu So its expiation ك ف ر
13 إِطْعَامُ itAAamu (is) feeding ط ع م
14 عَشَرَةِ AAasharati (of) ten ع ش ر
15 مَسَاكِينَ masakeena needy people س ك ن
16 مِنْ min of —
17 أَوْسَطِ awsati average و س ط
18 مَا ma (of) what —
19 تُطْعِمُونَ tutAAimoona you feed ط ع م
20 أَهْلِيكُمْ ahleekum your families أ ه ل
21 أَوْ aw or —
22 كِسْوَتُهُمْ kiswatuhum clothing them ك س و
23 أَوْ aw or —
24 تَحْرِيرُ tahreeru freeing ح ر ر
25 رَقَبَةٍ raqabatin a slave ر ق ب
26 فَمَن faman But whoever —
27 لَّمْ lam (does) not —
28 يَجِدْ yajid find و ج د
29 فَصِيَامُ fasiyamu (that) then fasting ص و م
30 ثَلَاثَةِ thalathati (for) three ث ل ث
31 أَيَّامٍ ayyamin days ي و م
32 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That —
33 كَفَّارَةُ kaffaratu (is the) expiation ك ف ر
34 أَيْمَانِكُمْ aymanikum (of) your oaths ي م ن
35 إِذَا itha when —
36 حَلَفْتُمْ halaftum you have sworn ح ل ف
37 وَاحْفَظُواْ waihfathoo And guard ح ف ظ
38 أَيْمَانَكُمْ aymanakum your oaths ي م ن
39 كَذَٰلِكَ kathalika Thus —
40 يُبَيِّنُ yubayyinu makes clear ب ي ن
41 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
42 لَكُمْ lakum to you —
43 اٰيَاتِهِۦ ayatihi His Verses أ ي ي
44 لَعَلَّكُمْ laAAallakum so that you may —
45 تَشْكُرُونَ tashkuroona (be) grateful ش ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 90

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِنَّمَا ٱلْخَمْرُ وَٱلْمَيْسِرُ وَٱلْأَنصَابُ وَٱلْأَزْلَٰمُ رِجْسٌۭ مِّنْ عَمَلِ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنِ فَٱجْتَنِبُوهُ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُفْلِحُونَ.(90)

O you who have believed, indeed, intoxicants, gambling, [sacrificing on] stone alters [to other than Allāh], and divining arrows are but defilement from the work of Satan, so avoid1 it that you may be successful. [Al-Maaida: 90]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 90

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, indeed, intoxicants, gambling, [sacrificing on] stone alters [to other than Allāh], and divining arrows are but defilement from the work of Satan, so avoid1 it that you may be successful.

Transliteration

Ayah 90

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo innama alkhamru waalmaysiru waalansabu waalazlamu rijsun min AAamali alshshaytani faijtaniboohu laAAallakum tuflihoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 90

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 إِنَّمَا innama Verily —
5 الْخَمْرُ alkhamru the intoxicants خ م ر
6 وَالْمَيْسِرُ waalmaysiru and [the] games of chance ي س ر
7 وَالْأَنصَابُ waalansabu and (sacrifices at) altars ن ص ب
8 وَالْأَزْلَامُ waalazlamu and divining arrows ز ل م
9 رِجْسٌ rijsun (are an) abomination ر ج س
10 مِّنْ min from —
11 عَمَلِ AAamali (the) work ع م ل
12 الشَّيْطَانِ alshshaytani (of) the Shaitaan ش ط ن
13 فَاجْتَنِبُوهُ faijtaniboohu so avoid it ج ن ب
14 لَعَلَّكُمْ laAAallakum so that you may —
15 تُفْلِحُونَ tuflihoona (be) successful ف ل ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 91

إِنَّمَا يُرِيدُ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ أَن يُوقِعَ بَيْنَكُمُ ٱلْعَدَٰوَةَ وَٱلْبَغْضَآءَ فِى ٱلْخَمْرِ وَٱلْمَيْسِرِ وَيَصُدَّكُمْ عَن ذِكْرِ ٱللَّهِ وَعَنِ ٱلصَّلَوٰةِ ۖ فَهَلْ أَنتُم مُّنتَهُونَ.(91)

Satan only wants to cause between you animosity and hatred through intoxicants and gambling and to avert you from the remembrance of Allāh and from prayer. So will you not desist? [Al-Maaida: 91]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 91

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Satan only wants to cause between you animosity and hatred through intoxicants and gambling and to avert you from the remembrance of Allāh and from prayer. So will you not desist?

Transliteration

Ayah 91

Innama yureedu alshshaytanu an yooqiAAa baynakumu alAAadawata waalbaghdaa fee alkhamri waalmaysiri wayasuddakum AAan thikri Allahi waAAani alssalati fahal antum muntahoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 91

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّمَا Innama Only —
2 يُرِيدُ yureedu intends ر و د
3 الشَّيْطَانُ alshshaytanu the Shaitaan ش ط ن
4 أَن an to —
5 يُوقِعَ yooqiAAa cause و ق ع
6 بَيْنَكُمُ baynakumu between you ب ي ن
7 الْعَدَاوَةَ alAAadawata [the] enmity ع د و
8 وَالْبَغْضَآءَ waalbaghdaa and [the] hatred ب غ ض
9 فِى fee through —
10 الْخَمْرِ alkhamri intoxicants خ م ر
11 وَالْمَيْسِرِ waalmaysiri and gambling ي س ر
12 وَيَصُدَّكُمْ wayasuddakum and hinders you ص د د
13 عَن AAan from —
14 ذِكْرِ thikri (the) remembrance ذ ك ر
15 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
16 وَعَنِ waAAani and from —
17 الصَّلَوٰةِ alssalati the prayer ص ل و
18 فَهَلْ fahal So will? —
19 أَنتُم antum you —
20 مُّنتَهُونَ muntahoona (be) the ones who abstain ن ه ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 92

وَأَطِيعُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُوا۟ ٱلرَّسُولَ وَٱحْذَرُوا۟ ۚ فَإِن تَوَلَّيْتُمْ فَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّمَا عَلَىٰ رَسُولِنَا ٱلْبَلَٰغُ ٱلْمُبِينُ.(92)

And obey Allāh and obey the Messenger and beware. And if you turn away - then know that upon Our Messenger is only [the responsibility for] clear notification. [Al-Maaida: 92]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 92

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And obey Allāh and obey the Messenger and beware. And if you turn away - then know that upon Our Messenger is only [the responsibility for] clear notification.

Transliteration

Ayah 92

WaateeAAoo Allaha waateeAAoo alrrasoola waihtharoo fain tawallaytum faiAAlamoo annama AAala rasoolina albalaghu almubeenu

Word-by-word

Ayah 92

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَأَطِيعُواْ WaateeAAoo And obey ط و ع
2 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
3 وَأَطِيعُواْ waateeAAoo and obey ط و ع
4 الرَّسُولَ alrrasoola the Messenger ر س ل
5 وَاحْذَرُواْ waihtharoo and beware ح ذ ر
6 فَإِن fain And if —
7 تَوَلَّيْتُمْ tawallaytum you turn away و ل ي
8 فَاعْلَمُوٓاْ faiAAlamoo then know ع ل م
9 أَنَّمَا annama only —
10 عَلَىٰ AAala upon —
11 رَسُولِنَا rasoolina Our Messenger ر س ل
12 الْبَلَاغُ albalaghu (is to) convey (the Message) ب ل غ
13 الْمُبِينُ almubeenu clearly ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 93

لَيْسَ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ جُنَاحٌۭ فِيمَا طَعِمُوٓا۟ إِذَا مَا ٱتَّقَوا۟ وَّءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ ثُمَّ ٱتَّقَوا۟ وَّءَامَنُوا۟ ثُمَّ ٱتَّقَوا۟ وَّأَحْسَنُوا۟ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ.(93)

There is not upon those who believe and do righteousness [any] blame concerning what they have eaten [in the past] if they [now] fear Allāh and believe and do righteous deeds, and then fear Allāh and believe, and then fear Allāh and do good; and Allāh loves the doers of good. [Al-Maaida: 93]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 93

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

There is not upon those who believe and do righteousness [any] blame concerning what they have eaten [in the past] if they [now] fear Allāh and believe and do righteous deeds, and then fear Allāh and believe, and then fear Allāh and do good; and Allāh loves the doers of good.

Transliteration

Ayah 93

Laysa AAala allatheena amanoo waAAamiloo alssalihati junahun feema taAAimoo itha ma ittaqaw waamanoo waAAamiloo alssalihati thumma ittaqaw waamanoo thumma ittaqaw waahsanoo waAllahu yuhibbu almuhsineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 93

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَيْسَ Laysa Not ل ي س
2 عَلَى AAala on —
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
4 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe أ م ن
5 وَعَمِلُواْ waAAamiloo and do ع م ل
6 الصَّالِحَاتِ alssalihati the good deeds ص ل ح
7 جُنَاحٌ junahun any sin ج ن ح
8 فِيمَا feema for what —
9 طَعِمُوٓاْ taAAimoo they ate ط ع م
10 إِذَا itha when —
11 مَا ma that —
12 اتَّقَواْ ittaqaw they fear (Allah) و ق ي
13 وَّآمَنُواْ waamanoo and they believe أ م ن
14 وَعَمِلُواْ waAAamiloo and they do ع م ل
15 الصَّالِحَاتِ alssalihati [the] good deeds ص ل ح
16 ثُمَّ thumma then —
17 اتَّقَواْ ittaqaw they fear (Allah) و ق ي
18 وَّآمَنُواْ waamanoo and believe أ م ن
19 ثُمَّ thumma then —
20 اتَّقَواْ ittaqaw they fear (Allah) و ق ي
21 وَّأَحْسَنُواْ waahsanoo and do good ح س ن
22 وَاللهُ waAllahu and Allah أ ل ه
23 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu loves ح ب ب
24 الْمُحْسِنِينَ almuhsineena the good-doers ح س ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 94

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَيَبْلُوَنَّكُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِشَىْءٍۢ مِّنَ ٱلصَّيْدِ تَنَالُهُۥٓ أَيْدِيكُمْ وَرِمَاحُكُمْ لِيَعْلَمَ ٱللَّهُ مَن يَخَافُهُۥ بِٱلْغَيْبِ ۚ فَمَنِ ٱعْتَدَىٰ بَعْدَ ذَٰلِكَ فَلَهُۥ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌۭ.(94)

O you who have believed, Allāh will surely test you through something of the game that your hands and spears [can] reach, that Allāh may make evident those who fear Him unseen. And whoever transgresses after that - for him is a painful punishment. [Al-Maaida: 94]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 94

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, Allāh will surely test you through something of the game that your hands and spears [can] reach, that Allāh may make evident those who fear Him unseen. And whoever transgresses after that - for him is a painful punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 94

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo layabluwannakumu Allahu bishayin mina alssaydi tanaluhu aydeekum warimahukum liyaAAlama Allahu man yakhafuhu bialghaybi famani iAAtada baAAda thalika falahu AAathabun aleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 94

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 لَيَبْلُوَنَّكُمُ layabluwannakumu Surely will test you ب ل و
5 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
6 بِشَيْءٍ bishayin through something ش ي أ
7 مِّنَ mina of —
8 الصَّيْدِ alssaydi the game ص ي د
9 تَنَالُهُ tanaluhu can reach it ن ي ل
10 أَيْدِيكُمْ aydeekum your hands ي د ي
11 وَرِمَاحُكُمْ warimahukum and your spears ر م ح
12 لِيَعْلَمَ liyaAAlama that may make evident ع ل م
13 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
14 مَن man who —
15 يَخَافُهُۥ yakhafuhu fears Him خ و ف
16 بِالْغَيْبِ bialghaybi in the unseen غ ي ب
17 فَمَنِ famani And whoever —
18 اعْتَدَىٰ iAAtada transgressed ع د و
19 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
20 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that —
21 فَلَهُۥ falahu then for him —
22 عَذَابٌ AAathabun (is) a punishment ع ذ ب
23 أَلِيمٌ aleemun painful أ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 95

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَقْتُلُوا۟ ٱلصَّيْدَ وَأَنتُمْ حُرُمٌۭ ۚ وَمَن قَتَلَهُۥ مِنكُم مُّتَعَمِّدًۭا فَجَزَآءٌۭ مِّثْلُ مَا قَتَلَ مِنَ ٱلنَّعَمِ يَحْكُمُ بِهِۦ ذَوَا عَدْلٍۢ مِّنكُمْ هَدْيًۢا بَٰلِغَ ٱلْكَعْبَةِ أَوْ كَفَّٰرَةٌۭ طَعَامُ مَسَٰكِينَ أَوْ عَدْلُ ذَٰلِكَ صِيَامًۭا لِّيَذُوقَ وَبَالَ أَمْرِهِۦ ۗ عَفَا ٱللَّهُ عَمَّا سَلَفَ ۚ وَمَنْ عَادَ فَيَنتَقِمُ ٱللَّهُ مِنْهُ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَزِيزٌۭ ذُو ٱنتِقَامٍ.(95)

O you who have believed, do not kill game while you are in the state of iḥrām.1 And whoever of you kills it intentionally - the penalty is an equivalent from sacrificial animals to what he killed, as judged by two just men among you as an offering [to Allāh] delivered to the Kaʿbah, or an expiation: the feeding of needy people or the equivalent of that in fasting, that he may taste the consequence of his matter [i.e., deed]. Allāh has pardoned what is past; but whoever returns [to violation], then Allāh will take retribution from him. And Allāh is Exalted in Might and Owner of Retribution.2 [Al-Maaida: 95]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 95

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, do not kill game while you are in the state of iḥrām.1 And whoever of you kills it intentionally - the penalty is an equivalent from sacrificial animals to what he killed, as judged by two just men among you as an offering [to Allāh] delivered to the Kaʿbah, or an expiation: the feeding of needy people or the equivalent of that in fasting, that he may taste the consequence of his matter [i.e., deed]. Allāh has pardoned what is past; but whoever returns [to violation], then Allāh will take retribution from him. And Allāh is Exalted in Might and Owner of Retribution.2

Transliteration

Ayah 95

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo la taqtuloo alssayda waantum hurumun waman qatalahu minkum mutaAAammidan fajazaon mithlu ma qatala mina alnnaAAami yahkumu bihi thawa AAadlin minkum hadyan baligha alkaAAbati aw kaffaratun taAAamu masakeena aw AAadlu thalika siyaman liyathooqa wabala amrihi AAafa Allahu AAamma salafa waman AAada fayantaqimu Allahu minhu waAllahu AAazeezun thoo intiqamin

Word-by-word

Ayah 95

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 لَا la (Do) not —
5 تَقْتُلُوٓاْ taqtuloo you kill ق ت ل
6 الصَّيْدَ alssayda the game ص ي د
7 وَأَنتُمْ waantum while you —
8 حُرُمٌ hurumun (are in) Ihram ح ر م
9 وَمَن waman And whoever —
10 قَتَلَهُۥ qatalahu killed it ق ت ل
11 مِنكُم minkum among you —
12 مُّتَعَمِّدًا mutaAAammidan intentionally ع م د
13 فَجَزَآءٌ fajazaon then penalty ج ز ي
14 مِّثْلُ mithlu (is) similar م ث ل
15 مَا ma (to) what —
16 قَتَلَ qatala he killed ق ت ل
17 مِنَ mina of —
18 النَّعَمِ alnnaAAami the cattle ن ع م
19 يَحْكُمُ yahkumu judging ح ك م
20 بِهِۦ bihi it —
21 ذَوَا thawa two men —
22 عَدْلٍ AAadlin just ع د ل
23 مِّنكُمْ minkum among you —
24 هَدْيًا hadyan (as) an offering ه د ي
25 بَالِغَ baligha reaching ب ل غ
26 الْكَعْبَةِ alkaAAbati the Kabah ك ع ب
27 أَوْ aw or —
28 كَفَّارَةٌ kaffaratun an expiation ك ف ر
29 طَعَامُ taAAamu feeding ط ع م
30 مَسَاكِينَ masakeena needy people س ك ن
31 أَوْ aw or —
32 عَدْلُ AAadlu equivalent ع د ل
33 ذَٰلِكَ thalika (of) that —
34 صِيَامًا siyaman (in) fasting ص و م
35 لِّيَذُوقَ liyathooqa that he may taste ذ و ق
36 وَبَالَ wabala (the) consequence و ب ل
37 أَمْرِهِۦ amrihi (of) his deed أ م ر
38 عَفَا AAafa Pardoned ع ف و
39 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
40 عَمَّا AAamma what —
41 سَلَفَ salafa (has) passed س ل ف
42 وَمَنْ waman but whoever —
43 عَادَ AAada returned ع و د
44 فَيَنتَقِمُ fayantaqimu then will take retribution ن ق م
45 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
46 مِنْهُ minhu from him —
47 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
48 عَزِيزٌ AAazeezun (is) All-Mighty ع ز ز
49 ذُو thoo Owner —
50 انْتِقَامٍ intiqamin (of) Retribution ن ق م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 96

أُحِلَّ لَكُمْ صَيْدُ ٱلْبَحْرِ وَطَعَامُهُۥ مَتَٰعًۭا لَّكُمْ وَلِلسَّيَّارَةِ ۖ وَحُرِّمَ عَلَيْكُمْ صَيْدُ ٱلْبَرِّ مَا دُمْتُمْ حُرُمًۭا ۗ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ ٱلَّذِىٓ إِلَيْهِ تُحْشَرُونَ.(96)

Lawful to you is game from the sea and its food as provision for you and the travelers,1 but forbidden to you is game from the land as long as you are in the state of iḥrām. And fear Allāh to whom you will be gathered. [Al-Maaida: 96]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 96

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Lawful to you is game from the sea and its food as provision for you and the travelers,1 but forbidden to you is game from the land as long as you are in the state of iḥrām. And fear Allāh to whom you will be gathered.

Transliteration

Ayah 96

Ohilla lakum saydu albahri wataAAamuhu mataAAan lakum walilssayyarati wahurrima AAalaykum saydu albarri ma dumtum huruman waittaqoo Allaha allathee ilayhi tuhsharoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 96

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أُحِلَّ Ohilla Is made lawful ح ل ل
2 لَكُمْ lakum for you —
3 صَيْدُ saydu game ص ي د
4 الْبَحْرِ albahri (of) the sea ب ح ر
5 وَطَعَامُهُۥ wataAAamuhu and its food ط ع م
6 مَتَاعًا mataAAan (as) provision م ت ع
7 لَّكُمْ lakum for you —
8 وَلِلسَّيَّارَةِ walilssayyarati and for the travelers س ي ر
9 وَحُرِّمَ wahurrima and is made unlawful ح ر م
10 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum on you —
11 صَيْدُ saydu game ص ي د
12 الْبَرِّ albarri (of) the land ب ر ر
13 مَا ma as —
14 دُمْتُمْ dumtum long as you د و م
15 حُرُمًا huruman (are in) Ihram ح ر م
16 وَاتَّقُواْ waittaqoo And be conscious و ق ي
17 اللهَ Allaha (of) Allah أ ل ه
18 الَّذِىٓ allathee the One —
19 إِلَيْهِ ilayhi to Him —
20 تُحْشَرُونَ tuhsharoona you will be gathered ح ش ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 97

جَعَلَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْكَعْبَةَ ٱلْبَيْتَ ٱلْحَرَامَ قِيَٰمًۭا لِّلنَّاسِ وَٱلشَّهْرَ ٱلْحَرَامَ وَٱلْهَدْىَ وَٱلْقَلَٰٓئِدَ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ لِتَعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَعْلَمُ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمٌ.(97)

Allāh has made the Kaʿbah, the Sacred House, standing1 for the people and [has sanctified] the sacred months and the sacrificial animals and the garlands [by which they are identified]. That is so you may know that Allāh knows what is in the heavens and what is in the earth and that Allāh is Knowing of all things. [Al-Maaida: 97]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 97

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh has made the Kaʿbah, the Sacred House, standing1 for the people and [has sanctified] the sacred months and the sacrificial animals and the garlands [by which they are identified]. That is so you may know that Allāh knows what is in the heavens and what is in the earth and that Allāh is Knowing of all things.

Transliteration

Ayah 97

JaAAala Allahu alkaAAbata albayta alharama qiyaman lilnnasi waalshshahra alharama waalhadya waalqalaida thalika litaAAlamoo anna Allaha yaAAlamu ma fee alssamawati wama fee alardi waanna Allaha bikulli shayin AAaleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 97

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 جَعَلَ JaAAala Has (been) made ج ع ل
2 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
3 الْكَعْبَةَ alkaAAbata the Kabah ك ع ب
4 الْبَيْتَ albayta the House ب ي ت
5 الْحَرَامَ alharama the Sacred ح ر م
6 قِيَامًا qiyaman an establishment ق و م
7 لِّلنَّاسِ lilnnasi for mankind ن و س
8 وَالشَّهْرَ waalshshahra and the month(s) ش ه ر
9 الْحَرَامَ alharama [the] sacred ح ر م
10 وَالْهَدْىَ waalhadya and the (animals) for offering ه د ي
11 وَالْقَلَائِدَ waalqalaida and the garlands ق ل د
12 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That (is) —
13 لِتَعْلَمُوٓاْ litaAAlamoo so that you may know ع ل م
14 أَنَّ anna that —
15 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
16 يَعْلَمُ yaAAlamu knows ع ل م
17 مَا ma what —
18 فِى fee (is) in —
19 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati the heavens س م و
20 وَمَا wama and what —
21 فِى fee (is) in —
22 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
23 وَأَنَّ waanna and that —
24 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
25 بِكُلِّ bikulli of every ك ل ل
26 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
27 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun (is) All-Knowing ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 98

ٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ شَدِيدُ ٱلْعِقَابِ وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌۭ رَّحِيمٌۭ.(98)

Know that Allāh is severe in penalty and that Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful. [Al-Maaida: 98]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 98

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Know that Allāh is severe in penalty and that Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 98

IAAlamoo anna Allaha shadeedu alAAiqabi waanna Allaha ghafoorun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 98

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 اعْلَمُوٓاْ IAAlamoo Know ع ل م
2 أَنَّ anna that —
3 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
4 شَدِيدُ shadeedu (is) severe ش د د
5 الْعِقَابِ alAAiqabi (in) punishment ع ق ب
6 وَأَنَّ waanna and that —
7 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
8 غَفُورٌ ghafoorun (is) Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
9 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 99

مَّا عَلَى ٱلرَّسُولِ إِلَّا ٱلْبَلَٰغُ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ يَعْلَمُ مَا تُبْدُونَ وَمَا تَكْتُمُونَ.(99)

Not upon the Messenger is [responsibility] except [for] notification. And Allāh knows whatever you reveal and whatever you conceal. [Al-Maaida: 99]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 99

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Not upon the Messenger is [responsibility] except [for] notification. And Allāh knows whatever you reveal and whatever you conceal.

Transliteration

Ayah 99

Ma AAala alrrasooli illa albalaghu waAllahu yaAAlamu ma tubdoona wama taktumoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 99

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَّا Ma Not —
2 عَلَى AAala on —
3 الرَّسُولِ alrrasooli the Messenger ر س ل
4 إِلَّا illa except —
5 الْبَلَاغُ albalaghu the conveyance ب ل غ
6 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
7 يَعْلَمُ yaAAlamu knows ع ل م
8 مَا ma what —
9 تُبْدُونَ tubdoona you reveal ب د و
10 وَمَا wama and what —
11 تَكْتُمُونَ taktumoona you conceal ك ت م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 100

قُل لَّا يَسْتَوِى ٱلْخَبِيثُ وَٱلطَّيِّبُ وَلَوْ أَعْجَبَكَ كَثْرَةُ ٱلْخَبِيثِ ۚ فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ يَٰٓأُو۟لِى ٱلْأَلْبَٰبِ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُفْلِحُونَ.(100)

Say, "Not equal are the evil and the good, although the abundance of evil might impress you." So fear Allāh, O you of understanding, that you may be successful. [Al-Maaida: 100]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 100

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Not equal are the evil and the good, although the abundance of evil might impress you." So fear Allāh, O you of understanding, that you may be successful.

Transliteration

Ayah 100

Qul la yastawee alkhabeethu waalttayyibu walaw aAAjabaka kathratu alkhabeethi faittaqoo Allaha ya olee alalbabi laAAallakum tuflihoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 100

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُل Qul Say ق و ل
2 لَّا la Not —
3 يَسْتَوِى yastawee (are) equal س و ي
4 الْخَبِيثُ alkhabeethu the evil خ ب ث
5 وَالطَّيِّبُ waalttayyibu and the good ط ي ب
6 وَلَوْ walaw even if —
7 أَعْجَبَكَ aAAjabaka impresses you ع ج ب
8 كَثْرَةُ kathratu abundance ك ث ر
9 الْخَبِيثِ alkhabeethi (of) the evil خ ب ث
10 فَاتَّقُواْ faittaqoo So fear و ق ي
11 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
12 يَاأُوْلِى yaolee O men أ و ل
13 الْأَلْبَابِ alalbabi (of) understanding ل ب ب
14 لَعَلَّكُمْ laAAallakum so that you may —
15 تُفْلِحُونَ tuflihoona (be) successful ف ل ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 101

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَسْـَٔلُوا۟ عَنْ أَشْيَآءَ إِن تُبْدَ لَكُمْ تَسُؤْكُمْ وَإِن تَسْـَٔلُوا۟ عَنْهَا حِينَ يُنَزَّلُ ٱلْقُرْءَانُ تُبْدَ لَكُمْ عَفَا ٱللَّهُ عَنْهَا ۗ وَٱللَّهُ غَفُورٌ حَلِيمٌۭ.(101)

O you who have believed, do not ask about things which, if they are shown to you, will distress you. But if you ask about them while the Qur’ān is being revealed, they will be shown to you. Allāh has pardoned it [i.e., that which is past]; and Allāh is Forgiving and Forbearing. [Al-Maaida: 101]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 101

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, do not ask about things which, if they are shown to you, will distress you. But if you ask about them while the Qur’ān is being revealed, they will be shown to you. Allāh has pardoned it [i.e., that which is past]; and Allāh is Forgiving and Forbearing.

Transliteration

Ayah 101

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo la tasaloo AAan ashyaa in tubda lakum tasukum wain tasaloo AAanha heena yunazzalu alquranu tubda lakum AAafa Allahu AAanha waAllahu ghafoorun haleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 101

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 لَا la (Do) not —
5 تَسْأَلُواْ tasaloo ask س أ ل
6 عَنْ AAan about —
7 أَشْيَآءَ ashyaa things ش ي أ
8 إِن in if —
9 تُبْدَ tubda made clear ب د و
10 لَكُمْ lakum to you —
11 تَسُؤْكُمْ tasukum it may distress you س و أ
12 وَإِن wain and if —
13 تَسْأَلُواْ tasaloo you ask س أ ل
14 عَنْهَا AAanha about it —
15 حِينَ heena when ح ي ن
16 يُنَزَّلُ yunazzalu is being revealed ن ز ل
17 الْقُرْاٰنُ alquranu the Quran ق ر أ
18 تُبْدَ tubda it would be made clear ب د و
19 لَكُمْ lakum to you —
20 عَفَا AAafa has (been) pardoned ع ف و
21 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
22 عَنْهَا AAanha [about] it —
23 وَاللهُ waAllahu and Allah أ ل ه
24 غَفُورٌ ghafoorun (is) Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
25 حَلِيمٌ haleemun All-Forbearing ح ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 102

قَدْ سَأَلَهَا قَوْمٌۭ مِّن قَبْلِكُمْ ثُمَّ أَصْبَحُوا۟ بِهَا كَٰفِرِينَ.(102)

A people asked such [questions] before you; then they became thereby disbelievers.1 [Al-Maaida: 102]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 102

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

A people asked such [questions] before you; then they became thereby disbelievers.1

Transliteration

Ayah 102

Qad saalaha qawmun min qablikum thumma asbahoo biha kafireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 102

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَدْ Qad Indeed —
2 سَأَلَهَا saalaha asked them س أ ل
3 قَوْمٌ qawmun a people ق و م
4 مِّن min from —
5 قَبْلِكُمْ qablikum before you ق ب ل
6 ثُمَّ thumma then —
7 أَصْبَحُواْ asbahoo they became ص ب ح
8 بِهَا biha thereby —
9 كَافِرِينَ kafireena disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 103

مَا جَعَلَ ٱللَّهُ مِنۢ بَحِيرَةٍۢ وَلَا سَآئِبَةٍۢ وَلَا وَصِيلَةٍۢ وَلَا حَامٍۢ ۙ وَلَٰكِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ ٱلْكَذِبَ ۖ وَأَكْثَرُهُمْ لَا يَعْقِلُونَ.(103)

Allāh has not appointed [such innovations as] baḥīrah or sā’ibah or waṣīlah or ḥām.1 But those who disbelieve invent falsehood about Allāh, and most of them do not reason. [Al-Maaida: 103]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 103

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh has not appointed [such innovations as] baḥīrah or sā’ibah or waṣīlah or ḥām.1 But those who disbelieve invent falsehood about Allāh, and most of them do not reason.

Transliteration

Ayah 103

Ma jaAAala Allahu min baheeratin wala saibatin wala waseelatin wala hamin walakinna allatheena kafaroo yaftaroona AAala Allahi alkathiba waaktharuhum la yaAAqiloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 103

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَا Ma Not —
2 جَعَلَ jaAAala has (been) made ج ع ل
3 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
4 مِن min of —
5 بَحِيرَةٍ baheeratin a Bahirah ب ح ر
6 وَلَا wala and not —
7 سَآئِبَةٍ saibatin a Saibah س ي ب
8 وَلَا wala and not —
9 وَصِيلَةٍ waseelatin a Wasilah و ص ل
10 وَلَا wala and not —
11 حَامٍ hamin a Hami ح م ي
12 وَلَٰكِنَّ walakinna [And] but —
13 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
14 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
15 يَفْتَرُونَ yaftaroona they invent ف ر ي
16 عَلَى AAala against —
17 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
18 الْكَذِبَ alkathiba the lie ك ذ ب
19 وَأَكْثَرُهُمْ waaktharuhum and most of them ك ث ر
20 لَا la (do) not —
21 يَعْقِلُونَ yaAAqiloona use reason ع ق ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 104

وَإِذَا قِيلَ لَهُمْ تَعَالَوْا۟ إِلَىٰ مَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ وَإِلَى ٱلرَّسُولِ قَالُوا۟ حَسْبُنَا مَا وَجَدْنَا عَلَيْهِ ءَابَآءَنَآ ۚ أَوَلَوْ كَانَ ءَابَآؤُهُمْ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ شَيْـًۭٔا وَلَا يَهْتَدُونَ.(104)

And when it is said to them, "Come to what Allāh has revealed and to the Messenger," they say, "Sufficient for us is that upon which we found our fathers." Even though their fathers knew nothing, nor were they guided? [Al-Maaida: 104]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 104

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when it is said to them, "Come to what Allāh has revealed and to the Messenger," they say, "Sufficient for us is that upon which we found our fathers." Even though their fathers knew nothing, nor were they guided?

Transliteration

Ayah 104

Waitha qeela lahum taAAalaw ila ma anzala Allahu waila alrrasooli qaloo hasbuna ma wajadna AAalayhi abaana awalaw kana abaohum la yaAAlamoona shayan wala yahtadoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 104

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذَا Waitha And when —
2 قِيلَ qeela it is said ق و ل
3 لَهُمْ lahum to them —
4 تَعَالَوْاْ taAAalaw Come ع ل و
5 إِلَىٰ ila to —
6 مَآ ma what —
7 أَنزَلَ anzala has (been) revealed ن ز ل
8 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
9 وَإِلَى waila and to —
10 الرَّسُولِ alrrasooli the Messenger ر س ل
11 قَالُواْ qaloo they said ق و ل
12 حَسْبُنَا hasbuna Sufficient for us ح س ب
13 مَا ma (is) what —
14 وَجَدْنَا wajadna we found و ج د
15 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi upon it —
16 اٰبَآءَنَا abaana our forefathers أ ب و
17 أَوَلَوْ awalaw Even though? —
18 كَانَ kana were ك و ن
19 اٰبَآؤُهُمْ abaohum their forefathers أ ب و
20 لَا la not —
21 يَعْلَمُونَ yaAAlamoona knowing ع ل م
22 شَيْئًا shayan anything ش ي أ
23 وَلَا wala and not —
24 يَهْتَدُونَ yahtadoona they (were) guided ه د ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 105

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ عَلَيْكُمْ أَنفُسَكُمْ ۖ لَا يَضُرُّكُم مَّن ضَلَّ إِذَا ٱهْتَدَيْتُمْ ۚ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ مَرْجِعُكُمْ جَمِيعًۭا فَيُنَبِّئُكُم بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ.(105)

O you who have believed, upon you is [responsibility for] yourselves. Those who have gone astray will not harm you when you have been guided. To Allāh is your return all together; then He will inform you of what you used to do. [Al-Maaida: 105]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 105

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, upon you is [responsibility for] yourselves. Those who have gone astray will not harm you when you have been guided. To Allāh is your return all together; then He will inform you of what you used to do.

Transliteration

Ayah 105

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo AAalaykum anfusakum la yadurrukum man dalla itha ihtadaytum ila Allahi marjiAAukum jameeAAan fayunabbiokum bima kuntum taAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 105

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum Upon you —
5 أَنفُسَكُمْ anfusakum (is to guard) yourselves ن ف س
6 لَا la Not —
7 يَضُرُّكُم yadurrukum will harm you ض ر ر
8 مَّن man (those) who —
9 ضَلَّ dalla (have gone) astray ض ل ل
10 إِذَا itha when —
11 اهْتَدَيْتُمْ ihtadaytum you have been guided ه د ي
12 إِلَى ila To —
13 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
14 مَرْجِعُكُمْ marjiAAukum (is) your return ر ج ع
15 جَمِيعًا jameeAAan all ج م ع
16 فَيُنَبِّئُكُم fayunabbiokum then He will inform you ن ب أ
17 بِمَا bima of what —
18 كُنتُمْ kuntum you used to ك و ن
19 تَعْمَلُونَ taAAmaloona do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 106

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ شَهَٰدَةُ بَيْنِكُمْ إِذَا حَضَرَ أَحَدَكُمُ ٱلْمَوْتُ حِينَ ٱلْوَصِيَّةِ ٱثْنَانِ ذَوَا عَدْلٍۢ مِّنكُمْ أَوْ ءَاخَرَانِ مِنْ غَيْرِكُمْ إِنْ أَنتُمْ ضَرَبْتُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَأَصَٰبَتْكُم مُّصِيبَةُ ٱلْمَوْتِ ۚ تَحْبِسُونَهُمَا مِنۢ بَعْدِ ٱلصَّلَوٰةِ فَيُقْسِمَانِ بِٱللَّهِ إِنِ ٱرْتَبْتُمْ لَا نَشْتَرِى بِهِۦ ثَمَنًۭا وَلَوْ كَانَ ذَا قُرْبَىٰ ۙ وَلَا نَكْتُمُ شَهَٰدَةَ ٱللَّهِ إِنَّآ إِذًۭا لَّمِنَ ٱلْآثِمِينَ.(106)

O you who have believed, testimony [should be taken] among you when death approaches one of you at the time of bequest - [that of] two just men from among you or two others from outside if you are traveling through the land and the disaster of death should strike you. Detain them after the prayer and let them both swear by Allāh if you doubt [their testimony, saying], "We will not exchange it [i.e., our oath] for a price [i.e., worldly gain], even if he should be a near relative, and we will not withhold the testimony of [i.e., ordained by] Allāh. Indeed, we would then be of the sinful." [Al-Maaida: 106]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 106

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, testimony [should be taken] among you when death approaches one of you at the time of bequest - [that of] two just men from among you or two others from outside if you are traveling through the land and the disaster of death should strike you. Detain them after the prayer and let them both swear by Allāh if you doubt [their testimony, saying], "We will not exchange it [i.e., our oath] for a price [i.e., worldly gain], even if he should be a near relative, and we will not withhold the testimony of [i.e., ordained by] Allāh. Indeed, we would then be of the sinful."

Transliteration

Ayah 106

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo shahadatu baynikum itha hadara ahadakumu almawtu heena alwasiyyati ithnani thawa AAadlin minkum aw akharani min ghayrikum in antum darabtum fee alardi faasabatkum museebatu almawti tahbisoonahuma min baAAdi alssalati fayuqsimani biAllahi ini irtabtum la nashtaree bihi thamanan walaw kana tha qurba wala naktumu shahadata Allahi inna ithan lamina alathimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 106

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 شَهَادَةُ shahadatu (Take) testimony ش ه د
5 بَيْنِكُمْ baynikum among you ب ي ن
6 إِذَا itha when —
7 حَضَرَ hadara approaches ح ض ر
8 أَحَدَكُمُ ahadakumu one of you أ ح د
9 الْمَوْتُ almawtu [the] death م و ت
10 حِينَ heena (at the) time (of making) ح ي ن
11 الْوَصِيَّةِ alwasiyyati [the] a will و ص ي
12 اثْنَانِ ithnani two ث ن ي
13 ذَوَا thawa men —
14 عَدْلٍ AAadlin just ع د ل
15 مِّنكُمْ minkum among you —
16 أَوْ aw or —
17 اٰخَرَانِ akharani two others أ خ ر
18 مِنْ min from —
19 غَيْرِكُمْ ghayrikum other than you غ ي ر
20 إِنْ in if —
21 أَنتُمْ antum you —
22 ضَرَبْتُمْ darabtum (are) travel(ing) ض ر ب
23 فِى fee in —
24 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
25 فَأَصَابَتْكُم faasabatkum then befalls you ص و ب
26 مُّصِيبَةُ museebatu calamity ص و ب
27 الْمَوْتِ almawti (of) [the] death م و ت
28 تَحْبِسُونَهُمَا tahbisoonahuma Detain both of them ح ب س
29 مِن min from —
30 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
31 الصَّلَوٰةِ alssalati the prayer ص ل و
32 فَيُقْسِمَانِ fayuqsimani and let them both swear ق س م
33 بِاللهِ biAllahi by Allah أ ل ه
34 إِنِ ini if —
35 ارْتَبْتُمْ irtabtum you doubt ر ي ب
36 لَا la Not —
37 نَشْتَرِى nashtaree we will exchange ش ر ي
38 بِهِۦ bihi it for —
39 ثَمَنًا thamanan a price ث م ن
40 وَلَوْ walaw even if —
41 كَانَ kana he is ك و ن
42 ذَا tha (of) —
43 قُرْبَىٰ qurba a near relative ق ر ب
44 وَلَا wala and not —
45 نَكْتُمُ naktumu we will conceal ك ت م
46 شَهَادَةَ shahadata testimony ش ه د
47 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
48 إِنَّآ inna Indeed we —
49 إِذًا ithan then —
50 لَّمِنَ lamina (will) surely (be) of —
51 الاٰثِمِينَ alathimeena the sinners أ ث م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 107

فَإِنْ عُثِرَ عَلَىٰٓ أَنَّهُمَا ٱسْتَحَقَّآ إِثْمًۭا فَـَٔاخَرَانِ يَقُومَانِ مَقَامَهُمَا مِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْتَحَقَّ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْأَوْلَيَٰنِ فَيُقْسِمَانِ بِٱللَّهِ لَشَهَٰدَتُنَآ أَحَقُّ مِن شَهَٰدَتِهِمَا وَمَا ٱعْتَدَيْنَآ إِنَّآ إِذًۭا لَّمِنَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ.(107)

But if it is found that those two were guilty of sin [i.e., perjury], let two others stand in their place [who are] foremost [in claim] from those who have a lawful right. And let them swear by Allāh, "Our testimony is truer than their testimony, and we have not transgressed. Indeed, we would then be of the wrongdoers." [Al-Maaida: 107]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 107

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But if it is found that those two were guilty of sin [i.e., perjury], let two others stand in their place [who are] foremost [in claim] from those who have a lawful right. And let them swear by Allāh, "Our testimony is truer than their testimony, and we have not transgressed. Indeed, we would then be of the wrongdoers."

Transliteration

Ayah 107

Fain AAuthira AAala annahuma istahaqqa ithman faakharani yaqoomani maqamahuma mina allatheena istahaqqa AAalayhimu alawlayani fayuqsimani biAllahi lashahadatuna ahaqqu min shahadatihima wama iAAtadayna inna ithan lamina alththalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 107

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَإِنْ Fain Then if —
2 عُثِرَ AAuthira it is discovered ع ث ر
3 عَلَىٰٓ AAala (on) —
4 أَنَّهُمَا annahuma that the two —
5 اسْتَحَقَّآ istahaqqa (were) guilty ح ق ق
6 إِثْمًا ithman (of) sin أ ث م
7 فَـَٔاخَرَانِ faakharani then (let) two others أ خ ر
8 يَقُومَانِ yaqoomani stand ق و م
9 مَقَامَهُمَا maqamahuma (in) their place ق و م
10 مِنَ mina from —
11 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
12 اسْتَحَقَّ istahaqqa have a lawful right ح ق ق
13 عَلَيْهِمُ AAalayhimu over them —
14 الْأَوْلَيَانِ alawlayani the former two و ل ي
15 فَيُقْسِمَانِ fayuqsimani and let them both swear ق س م
16 بِاللهِ biAllahi by Allah أ ل ه
17 لَشَهَادَتُنَآ lashahadatuna Surely our testimony ش ه د
18 أَحَقُّ ahaqqu (is) truer ح ق ق
19 مِن min than —
20 شَهَادَتِهِمَا shahadatihima testimony of the other two ش ه د
21 وَمَا wama and not —
22 اعْتَدَيْنَا iAAtadayna we have transgressed ع د و
23 إِنَّآ inna Indeed we —
24 إِذًا ithan then —
25 لَّمِنَ lamina (will be) of —
26 الظَّالِمِينَ alththalimeena the wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 108

ذَٰلِكَ أَدْنَىٰٓ أَن يَأْتُوا۟ بِٱلشَّهَٰدَةِ عَلَىٰ وَجْهِهَآ أَوْ يَخَافُوٓا۟ أَن تُرَدَّ أَيْمَٰنٌۢ بَعْدَ أَيْمَٰنِهِمْ ۗ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَٱسْمَعُوا۟ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلْفَٰسِقِينَ.(108)

That is more likely that they will give testimony according to its [true] objective, or [at least] they would fear that [other] oaths might be taken after their oaths. And fear Allāh and listen [i.e., obey Him]; and Allāh does not guide the defiantly disobedient people. [Al-Maaida: 108]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 108

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

That is more likely that they will give testimony according to its [true] objective, or [at least] they would fear that [other] oaths might be taken after their oaths. And fear Allāh and listen [i.e., obey Him]; and Allāh does not guide the defiantly disobedient people.

Transliteration

Ayah 108

Thalika adna an yatoo bialshshahadati AAala wajhiha aw yakhafoo an turadda aymanun baAAda aymanihim waittaqoo Allaha waismaAAoo waAllahu la yahdee alqawma alfasiqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 108

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ذَٰلِكَ Thalika That —
2 أَدْنَىٰ adna (is) closer د ن و
3 أَن an that —
4 يَأْتُواْ yatoo they will give أ ت ي
5 بِالشَّهَادَةِ bialshshahadati the testimony ش ه د
6 عَلَىٰ AAala in —
7 وَجْهِهَآ wajhiha its (true) form و ج ه
8 أَوْ aw or —
9 يَخَافُوٓاْ yakhafoo they would fear خ و ف
10 أَن an that —
11 تُرَدَّ turadda will be refuted ر د د
12 أَيْمَانٌ aymanun their oaths ي م ن
13 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
14 أَيْمَانِهِمْ aymanihim their (others) oaths ي م ن
15 وَاتَّقُوا waittaqoo And fear و ق ي
16 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
17 وَاسْمَعُواْ waismaAAoo and listen س م ع
18 وَاللهُ waAllahu and Allah أ ل ه
19 لَا la (does) not —
20 يَهْدِى yahdee guide ه د ي
21 الْقَوْمَ alqawma the people ق و م
22 الْفَاسِقِينَ alfasiqeena the defiantly disobedient ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 109

يَوْمَ يَجْمَعُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلرُّسُلَ فَيَقُولُ مَاذَآ أُجِبْتُمْ ۖ قَالُوا۟ لَا عِلْمَ لَنَآ ۖ إِنَّكَ أَنتَ عَلَّٰمُ ٱلْغُيُوبِ.(109)

[Be warned of] the Day when Allāh will assemble the messengers and say, "What was the response you received?" They will say, "We have no knowledge. Indeed, it is You who is Knower of the unseen" - [Al-Maaida: 109]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 109

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Be warned of] the Day when Allāh will assemble the messengers and say, "What was the response you received?" They will say, "We have no knowledge. Indeed, it is You who is Knower of the unseen" -

Transliteration

Ayah 109

Yawma yajmaAAu Allahu alrrusula fayaqoolu matha ojibtum qaloo la AAilma lana innaka anta AAallamu alghuyoobi

Word-by-word

Ayah 109

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَوْمَ Yawma (The) day ي و م
2 يَجْمَعُ yajmaAAu will (be) gathered ج م ع
3 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
4 الرُّسُلَ alrrusula the Messengers ر س ل
5 فَيَقُولُ fayaqoolu and He will say ق و ل
6 مَاذَآ matha What? —
7 أُجِبْتُمْ ojibtum was (the) response you received ج و ب
8 قَالُواْ qaloo They said ق و ل
9 لَا la (There is) no —
10 عِلْمَ AAilma knowledge ع ل م
11 لَنَآ lana for us —
12 إِنَّكَ innaka Indeed You —
13 أَنتَ anta You —
14 عَلَّامُ AAallamu (are the) Knower ع ل م
15 الْغُيُوبِ alghuyoobi (of) the unseen غ ي ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 110

إِذْ قَالَ اللَّـهُ يَا عِيسَى ابْنَ مَرْيَمَ اذْكُرْ نِعْمَتِي عَلَيْكَ وَعَلَىٰ وَالِدَتِكَ إِذْ أَيَّدتُّكَ بِرُوحِ الْقُدُسِ تُكَلِّمُ النَّاسَ فِي الْمَهْدِ وَكَهْلًا ۖ وَإِذْ عَلَّمْتُكَ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ وَالْحِكْمَةَ وَٱلتَّوْرَىٰةَ وَالْإِنجِيلَ ۖ وَإِذْ تَخْلُقُ مِنَ الطِّينِ كَهَيْئَةِ الطَّيْرِ بِإِذْنِي فَتَنفُخُ فِيهَا فَتَكُونُ طَيْرًا بِإِذْنِي ۖ وَتُبْرِئُ الْأَكْمَهَ وَالْأَبْرَصَ بِإِذْنِي ۖ وَإِذْ تُخْرِجُ الْمَوْتَىٰ بِإِذْنِي ۖ وَإِذْ كَفَفْتُ بَنِي إِسْرَائِيلَ عَنكَ إِذْ جِئْتَهُم بِالْبَيِّنَاتِ فَقَالَ الَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا مِنْهُمْ إِنْ هَـٰذَا إِلَّا سِحْرٌ مُّبِينٌ(110)

[The Day] when Allāh will say, "O Jesus, Son of Mary, remember My favor upon you and upon your mother when I supported you with the Pure Spirit [i.e., the angel Gabriel] and you spoke to the people in the cradle and in maturity; and [remember] when I taught you writing and wisdom and the Torah and the Gospel; and when you designed from clay [what was] like the form of a bird with My permission, then you breathed into it, and it became a bird with My permission; and you healed the blind [from birth] and the leper with My permission; and when you brought forth the dead with My permission; and when I restrained the Children of Israel from [killing] you when you came to them with clear proofs and those who disbelieved among them said, "This is not but obvious magic." [Al-Maaida: 110]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 110

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[The Day] when Allāh will say, "O Jesus, Son of Mary, remember My favor upon you and upon your mother when I supported you with the Pure Spirit [i.e., the angel Gabriel] and you spoke to the people in the cradle and in maturity; and [remember] when I taught you writing and wisdom and the Torah and the Gospel; and when you designed from clay [what was] like the form of a bird with My permission, then you breathed into it, and it became a bird with My permission; and you healed the blind [from birth] and the leper with My permission; and when you brought forth the dead with My permission; and when I restrained the Children of Israel from [killing] you when you came to them with clear proofs and those who disbelieved among them said, "This is not but obvious magic."

Transliteration

Ayah 110

Ith qala Allahu ya AAeesa ibna maryama othkur niAAmatee AAalayka waAAala walidatika ith ayyadtuka biroohi alqudusi tukallimu alnnasa fee almahdi wakahlan waith AAallamtuka alkitaba waalhikmata waalttawrata waalinjeela waith takhluqu mina altteeni kahayati alttayri biithnee fatanfukhu feeha fatakoonu tayran biithnee watubrio alakmaha waalabrasa biithnee waith tukhriju almawta biithnee waith kafaftu banee israeela AAanka ith jitahum bialbayyinati faqala allatheena kafaroo minhum in hatha illa sihrun mubeenun

Word-by-word

Ayah 110

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِذْ Ith When —
2 قَالَ qala said ق و ل
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 يَاعِيسى yaAAeesa O Isa —
5 ابْنَ ibna son ب ن ي
6 مَرْيَمَ maryama (of) Maryam! —
7 اذْكُرْ othkur Remember ذ ك ر
8 نِعْمَتِى niAAmatee My Favor ن ع م
9 عَلَيْكَ AAalayka upon you —
10 وَعَلَىٰ waAAala and upon —
11 وَالِدَتِكَ walidatika your mother و ل د
12 إِذْ ith when —
13 أَيَّدتُّكَ ayyadtuka I strengthened you أ ي د
14 بِرُوحِ biroohi with (the) Spirit ر و ح
15 الْقُدُسِ alqudusi the Holy ق د س
16 تُكَلِّمُ tukallimu you spoke ك ل م
17 النَّاسَ alnnasa (to) the people ن و س
18 فِى fee in —
19 الْمَهْدِ almahdi the cradle م ه د
20 وَكَهْلًا wakahlan and (in) maturity ك ه ل
21 وَإِذْ waith And when —
22 عَلَّمْتُكَ AAallamtuka I taught you ع ل م
23 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
24 وَالْحِكْمَةَ waalhikmata and the wisdom —
25 وَالتَّوْرَاةَ waalttawrata and the Taurat —
26 وَالْإِنجِيلَ waalinjeela and the Injeel —
27 وَإِذْ waith and when —
28 تَخْلُقُ takhluqu you make خ ل ق
29 مِنَ mina from —
30 الطِّينِ altteeni the clay ط ي ن
31 كَهَيْئَةِ kahayati like the shape ه ي أ
32 الطَّيْرِ alttayri (of) the bird ط ي ر
33 بِإِذْنِى biithnee by My permission أ ذ ن
34 فَتَنفُخُ fatanfukhu then you breath ن ف خ
35 فِيهَا feeha into it —
36 فَتَكُونُ fatakoonu and it becomes ك و ن
37 طَيْرًا tayran a bird ط ي ر
38 بِإِذْنِى biithnee by My permission أ ذ ن
39 وَتُبْرِئُ watubrio and you heal ب ر أ
40 الْأَكْمَهَ alakmaha the born blind ك م ه
41 وَالْأَبْرَصَ waalabrasa and the leper ب ر ص
42 بِإِذْنِى biithnee by My permission أ ذ ن
43 وَإِذْ waith and when —
44 تُخْرِجُ tukhriju you bring forth خ ر ج
45 الْمَوْتَىٰ almawta the dead م و ت
46 بِإِذْنِى biithnee by My permission أ ذ ن
47 وَإِذْ waith And when —
48 كَفَفْتُ kafaftu I restrained ك ف ف
49 بَنِىٓ banee (the) Children ب ن ي
50 إِسْرَائِيلَ israeela (of) Israel —
51 عَنكَ AAanka from you —
52 إِذْ ith when —
53 جِئْتَهُمْ jitahum you came to them ج ي أ
54 بِالْبَيِّنَاتِ bialbayyinati with the clear proofs ب ي ن
55 فَقَالَ faqala then said ق و ل
56 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
57 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
58 مِنْهُمْ minhum among them —
59 إِنْ in Not —
60 هَٰذَآ hatha (is) this —
61 إِلَّا illa but —
62 سِحْرٌ sihrun magic س ح ر
63 مُّبِينٌ mubeenun clear ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 111

وَإِذْ أَوْحَيْتُ إِلَى ٱلْحَوَارِيِّيْنَ أَنْ ءَامِنُوا۟ بِى وَبِرَسُولِى قَالُوٓا۟ ءَامَنَّا وَٱشْهَدْ بِأَنَّنَا مُسْلِمُونَ.(111)

And [remember] when I inspired to the disciples, "Believe in Me and in My messenger [i.e., Jesus]." They said, "We have believed, so bear witness that indeed we are Muslims [in submission to Allāh]." [Al-Maaida: 111]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 111

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [remember] when I inspired to the disciples, "Believe in Me and in My messenger [i.e., Jesus]." They said, "We have believed, so bear witness that indeed we are Muslims [in submission to Allāh]."

Transliteration

Ayah 111

Waith awhaytu ila alhawariyyeena an aminoo bee wabirasoolee qaloo amanna waishhad biannana muslimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 111

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذْ Waith And when —
2 أَوْحَيْتُ awhaytu I inspired و ح ي
3 إِلَى ila to —
4 الْحَوَارِيِّينَ alhawariyyeena the disciples ح و ر
5 أَنْ an to —
6 اٰمِنُواْ aminoo believe أ م ن
7 بِي bee in Me —
8 وَبِرَسُولِى wabirasoolee and in My Messenger ر س ل
9 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo they said ق و ل
10 اٰمَنَّا amanna We believe أ م ن
11 وَاشْهَدْ waishhad and bear witness ش ه د
12 بِأَنَّنَا biannana that indeed we —
13 مُسْلِمُونَ muslimoona (are) Muslims س ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 112

إِذْ قَالَ ٱلْحَوَارِيُّونَ يَٰعِيسَى ٱبْنَ مَرْيَمَ هَلْ يَسْتَطِيعُ رَبُّكَ أَن يُنَزِّلَ عَلَيْنَا مَآئِدَةًۭ مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ ۖ قَالَ ٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ.(112)

[And remember] when the disciples said, "O Jesus, Son of Mary, can your Lord1 send down to us a table [spread with food] from the heaven?" [Jesus] said, "Fear Allāh, if you should be believers." [Al-Maaida: 112]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 112

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[And remember] when the disciples said, "O Jesus, Son of Mary, can your Lord1 send down to us a table [spread with food] from the heaven?" [Jesus] said, "Fear Allāh, if you should be believers."

Transliteration

Ayah 112

Ith qala alhawariyyoona ya AAeesa ibna maryama hal yastateeAAu rabbuka an yunazzila AAalayna maidatan mina alssamai qala ittaqoo Allaha in kuntum mumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 112

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِذْ Ith When —
2 قَالَ qala said ق و ل
3 الْحَوَارِيُّونَ alhawariyyoona the disciples ح و ر
4 يَاعِيسَى yaAAeesa O Isa —
5 ابْنَ ibna son ب ن ي
6 مَرْيَمَ maryama (of) Maryam! —
7 هَلْ hal Is? —
8 يَسْتَطِيعُ yastateeAAu able ط و ع
9 رَبُّكَ rabbuka your Lord ر ب ب
10 أَن an to —
11 يُنَزِّلَ yunazzila send down ن ز ل
12 عَلَيْنَا AAalayna to us —
13 مَآئِدَةً maidatan a table spread م ي د
14 مِّنَ mina from —
15 السَّمَآءِ alssamai the heaven س م و
16 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
17 اتَّقُواْ ittaqoo Fear و ق ي
18 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
19 إِن in if —
20 كُنتُم kuntum you are ك و ن
21 مُّؤْمِنِينَ mumineena believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 113

قَالُوا۟ نُرِيدُ أَن نَّأْكُلَ مِنْهَا وَتَطْمَئِنَّ قُلُوبُنَا وَنَعْلَمَ أَن قَدْ صَدَقْتَنَا وَنَكُونَ عَلَيْهَا مِنَ ٱلشَّٰهِدِينَ.(113)

They said, "We wish to eat from it and let our hearts be reassured and know that you have been truthful to us and be among its witnesses." [Al-Maaida: 113]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 113

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They said, "We wish to eat from it and let our hearts be reassured and know that you have been truthful to us and be among its witnesses."

Transliteration

Ayah 113

Qaloo nureedu an nakula minha watatmainna quloobuna wanaAAlama an qad sadaqtana wanakoona AAalayha mina alshshahideena

Word-by-word

Ayah 113

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالُواْ Qaloo They said ق و ل
2 نُرِيدُ nureedu We wish ر و د
3 أَن an that —
4 نَّأْكُلَ nakula we eat أ ك ل
5 مِنْهَا minha from it —
6 وَتَطْمَئِنَّ watatmainna and satisfy ط م ن
7 قُلُوبُنَا quloobuna our hearts ق ل ب
8 وَنَعْلَمَ wanaAAlama and we know ع ل م
9 أَن an that —
10 قَدْ qad certainly —
11 صَدَقْتَنَا sadaqtana you have spoken the truth to us ص د ق
12 وَنَكُونَ wanakoona and we be ك و ن
13 عَلَيْهَا AAalayha over it —
14 مِنَ mina among —
15 الشَّاهِدِينَ alshshahideena the witnesses ش ه د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 114

قَالَ عِيسَى ٱبْنُ مَرْيَمَ ٱللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَآ أَنزِلْ عَلَيْنَا مَآئِدَةًۭ مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ تَكُونُ لَنَا عِيدًۭا لِّأَوَّلِنَا وَءَاخِرِنَا وَءَايَةًۭ مِّنكَ ۖ وَٱرْزُقْنَا وَأَنتَ خَيْرُ ٱلرَّٰزِقِينَ.(114)

Said Jesus, the son of Mary, "O Allāh, our Lord, send down to us a table [spread with food] from the heaven to be for us a festival for the first of us and the last of us and a sign from You. And provide for us, and You are the best of providers." [Al-Maaida: 114]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 114

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Said Jesus, the son of Mary, "O Allāh, our Lord, send down to us a table [spread with food] from the heaven to be for us a festival for the first of us and the last of us and a sign from You. And provide for us, and You are the best of providers."

Transliteration

Ayah 114

Qala AAeesa ibnu maryama allahumma rabbana anzil AAalayna maidatan mina alssamai takoonu lana AAeedan liawwalina waakhirina waayatan minka waorzuqna waanta khayru alrraziqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 114

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala Said ق و ل
2 عِيسَى AAeesa Isa —
3 ابْنُ ibnu son ب ن ي
4 مَرْيَمَ maryama (of) Maryam —
5 اللَّهُمَّ allahumma O Allah أ ل ه
6 رَبَّنَآ rabbana our Lord ر ب ب
7 أَنزِلْ anzil send down ن ز ل
8 عَلَيْنَا AAalayna to us —
9 مَآئِدَةً maidatan a table spread م ي د
10 مِّنَ mina from —
11 السَّمَآءِ alssamai the heaven س م و
12 تَكُونُ takoonu to be ك و ن
13 لَنَا lana for us —
14 عِيداً AAeedan a festival ع و د
15 لِّأَوَّلِنَا liawwalina for first of us أ و ل
16 وَآخِرِنَا waakhirina and last of us أ خ ر
17 وَآيَةً waayatan and a sign أ ي ي
18 مِّنكَ minka from You —
19 وَارْزُقْنَا waorzuqna And provide us ر ز ق
20 وَأَنتَ waanta and You —
21 خَيْرُ khayru (are) best خ ي ر
22 الرَّازِقِينَ alrraziqeena (of) the providers ر ز ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 115

قَالَ ٱللَّهُ إِنِّى مُنَزِّلُهَا عَلَيْكُمْ ۖ فَمَن يَكْفُرْ بَعْدُ مِنكُمْ فَإِنِّىٓ أُعَذِّبُهُۥ عَذَابًۭا لَّآ أُعَذِّبُهُۥٓ أَحَدًۭا مِّنَ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ.(115)

Allāh said, "Indeed, I will send it down to you, but whoever disbelieves afterwards from among you - then indeed will I punish him with a punishment by which I have not punished anyone among the worlds." [Al-Maaida: 115]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 115

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh said, "Indeed, I will send it down to you, but whoever disbelieves afterwards from among you - then indeed will I punish him with a punishment by which I have not punished anyone among the worlds."

Transliteration

Ayah 115

Qala Allahu innee munazziluha AAalaykum faman yakfur baAAdu minkum fainnee oAAaththibuhu AAathaban la oAAaththibuhu ahadan mina alAAalameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 115

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala Said ق و ل
2 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
3 إِنِّى innee Indeed I —
4 مُنَزِّلُهَا munazziluha (will) send it down ن ز ل
5 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum to you —
6 فَمَن faman then whoever —
7 يَكْفُرْ yakfur disbelieves ك ف ر
8 بَعْدُ baAAdu after (that) ب ع د
9 مِنكُمْ minkum among you —
10 فَإِنِّىٓ fainnee then indeed I —
11 أُعَذِّبُهُۥ oAAaththibuhu [I] will punish him ع ذ ب
12 عَذَابًا AAathaban (with) a punishment ع ذ ب
13 لَّآ la not —
14 أُعَذِّبُهُۥ oAAaththibuhu I have punished ع ذ ب
15 أَحَدًا ahadan anyone أ ح د
16 مِّنَ mina among —
17 الْعَالَمِينَ alAAalameena the worlds ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 116

وَإِذْ قَالَ ٱللَّهُ يَٰعِيسَى ٱبْنَ مَرْيَمَ ءَأَنتَ قُلْتَ لِلنَّاسِ ٱتَّخِذُونِى وَأُمِّىَ إِلَٰهَيْنِ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ قَالَ سُبْحَٰنَكَ مَا يَكُونُ لِىٓ أَنْ أَقُولَ مَا لَيْسَ لِى بِحَقٍّ ۚ إِن كُنتُ قُلْتُهُۥ فَقَدْ عَلِمْتَهُۥ ۚ تَعْلَمُ مَا فِى نَفْسِى وَلَآ أَعْلَمُ مَا فِى نَفْسِكَ ۚ إِنَّكَ أَنتَ عَلَّٰمُ ٱلْغُيُوبِ.(116)

And [beware the Day] when Allāh will say, "O Jesus, Son of Mary, did you say to the people, 'Take me and my mother as deities besides Allāh?'" He will say, "Exalted are You! It was not for me to say that to which I have no right. If I had said it, You would have known it. You know what is within myself, and I do not know what is within Yourself. Indeed, it is You who is Knower of the unseen. [Al-Maaida: 116]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 116

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [beware the Day] when Allāh will say, "O Jesus, Son of Mary, did you say to the people, 'Take me and my mother as deities besides Allāh?'" He will say, "Exalted are You! It was not for me to say that to which I have no right. If I had said it, You would have known it. You know what is within myself, and I do not know what is within Yourself. Indeed, it is You who is Knower of the unseen.

Transliteration

Ayah 116

Waith qala Allahu ya AAeesa ibna maryama aanta qulta lilnnasi ittakhithoonee waommiya ilahayni min dooni Allahi qala subhanaka ma yakoonu lee an aqoola ma laysa lee bihaqqin in kuntu qultuhu faqad AAalimtahu taAAlamu ma fee nafsee wala aAAlamu ma fee nafsika innaka anta AAallamu alghuyoobi

Word-by-word

Ayah 116

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذْ Waith And when —
2 قَالَ qala said ق و ل
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 يَاعِيسَى yaAAeesa O Isa —
5 ابْنَ ibna son ب ن ي
6 مَرْيَمَ maryama (of) Maryam! —
7 ءَأَنتَ aanta Did you? —
8 قُلتَ qulta say ق و ل
9 لِلنَّاسِ lilnnasi to the people ن و س
10 اتَّخِذُونِى ittakhithoonee Take me أ خ ذ
11 وَأُمِّىَ waommiya and my mother أ م م
12 إِلَٰهَيْنِ ilahayni (as) two gods أ ل ه
13 مِن min from —
14 دُونِ dooni besides د و ن
15 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
16 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
17 سُبْحَٰنَكَ subhanaka Glory be to You! س ب ح
18 مَا ma Not —
19 يَكُونُ yakoonu was ك و ن
20 لِىٓ lee for me —
21 أَنْ an that —
22 أَقُولَ aqoola I say ق و ل
23 مَا ma what —
24 لَيْسَ laysa not ل ي س
25 لِى lee I —
26 بِحَقٍّ bihaqqin (had) right ح ق ق
27 إِن in If —
28 كُنتُ kuntu I had ك و ن
29 قُلْتُهُۥ qultuhu said it ق و ل
30 فَقَدْ faqad then surely —
31 عَلِمْتَهُۥ AAalimtahu You would have known it ع ل م
32 تَعْلَمُ taAAlamu You know ع ل م
33 مَا ma what —
34 فِى fee (is) in —
35 نَفْسِى nafsee myself ن ف س
36 وَلَآ wala and not —
37 أَعْلَمُ aAAlamu I know ع ل م
38 مَا ma what —
39 فِى fee (is) in —
40 نَفْسِكَ nafsika Yourself ن ف س
41 إِنَّكَ innaka Indeed You —
42 أَنتَ anta You —
43 عَلَّامُ AAallamu (are) All-Knower ع ل م
44 الْغُيُوبِ alghuyoobi (of) the unseen غ ي ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 117

مَا قُلْتُ لَهُمْ إِلَّا مَآ أَمَرْتَنِى بِهِۦٓ أَنِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ رَبِّى وَرَبَّكُمْ ۚ وَكُنتُ عَلَيْهِمْ شَهِيدًۭا مَّا دُمْتُ فِيهِمْ ۖ فَلَمَّا تَوَفَّيْتَنِى كُنتَ أَنتَ ٱلرَّقِيبَ عَلَيْهِمْ ۚ وَأَنتَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍۢ شَهِيدٌ.(117)

I said not to them except what You commanded me - to worship Allāh, my Lord and your Lord. And I was a witness over them as long as I was among them; but when You took me up, You were the Observer over them, and You are, over all things, Witness. [Al-Maaida: 117]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 117

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

I said not to them except what You commanded me - to worship Allāh, my Lord and your Lord. And I was a witness over them as long as I was among them; but when You took me up, You were the Observer over them, and You are, over all things, Witness.

Transliteration

Ayah 117

Ma qultu lahum illa ma amartanee bihi ani oAAbudoo Allaha rabbee warabbakum wakuntu AAalayhim shaheedan ma dumtu feehim falamma tawaffaytanee kunta anta alrraqeeba AAalayhim waanta AAala kulli shayin shaheedun

Word-by-word

Ayah 117

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَا Ma Not —
2 قُلْتُ qultu I said ق و ل
3 لَهُمْ lahum to them —
4 إِلَّا illa except —
5 مَآ ma what —
6 أَمَرْتَنِي amartanee You commanded me أ م ر
7 بِهِۦٓ bihi [with it] —
8 أَنِ ani that —
9 اعْبُدُواْ oAAbudoo You worship ع ب د
10 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
11 رَبِّى rabbee my Lord ر ب ب
12 وَرَبَّكُمْ warabbakum and your Lord ر ب ب
13 وَكُنتُ wakuntu And I was ك و ن
14 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim over them —
15 شَهِيدًا shaheedan a witness ش ه د
16 مَّا ma as long as —
17 دُمْتُ dumtu remained I د و م
18 فِيهِمْ feehim (was) among them —
19 فَلَمَّا falamma then when —
20 تَوَفَّيْتَنِى tawaffaytanee You raised me و ف ي
21 كُنتَ kunta You were ك و ن
22 أَنتَ anta [You] —
23 الرَّقِيبَ alrraqeeba the Watcher ر ق ب
24 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim over them —
25 وَأَنتَ waanta and You —
26 عَلَىٰ AAala (are) on —
27 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
28 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
29 شَهِيدٌ shaheedun a Witness ش ه د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 118

إِن تُعَذِّبْهُمْ فَإِنَّهُمْ عِبَادُكَ ۖ وَإِن تَغْفِرْ لَهُمْ فَإِنَّكَ أَنتَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْحَكِيمُ.(118)

If You should punish them - indeed they are Your servants; but if You forgive them - indeed it is You who is the Exalted in Might, the Wise." [Al-Maaida: 118]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 118

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

If You should punish them - indeed they are Your servants; but if You forgive them - indeed it is You who is the Exalted in Might, the Wise."

Transliteration

Ayah 118

In tuAAaththibhum fainnahum AAibaduka wain taghfir lahum fainnaka anta alAAazeezu alhakeemu

Word-by-word

Ayah 118

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِن In If —
2 تُعَذِّبْهُمْ tuAAaththibhum You punish them ع ذ ب
3 فَإِنَّهُمْ fainnahum then indeed they —
4 عِبَادُكَ AAibaduka (are) Your slaves ع ب د
5 وَإِن wain and if —
6 تَغْفِرْ taghfir You forgive غ ف ر
7 لَهُمْ lahum [for] them —
8 فَإِنَّكَ fainnaka then indeed You —
9 أَنتَ anta You —
10 الْعَزِيزُ alAAazeezu (are) the All-Mighty ع ز ز
11 الْحَكِيمُ alhakeemu the All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 119

قَالَ ٱللَّهُ هَٰذَا يَوْمُ يَنفَعُ ٱلصَّٰدِقِينَ صِدْقُهُمْ ۚ لَهُمْ جَنَّٰتٌۭ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَآ أَبَدًۭا ۚ رَّضِىَ ٱللَّهُ عَنْهُمْ وَرَضُوا۟ عَنْهُ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ ٱلْفَوْزُ ٱلْعَظِيمُ.(119)

Allāh will say, "This is the Day when the truthful will benefit from their truthfulness." For them are gardens [in Paradise] beneath which rivers flow, wherein they will abide forever, Allāh being pleased with them, and they with Him. That is the great attainment. [Al-Maaida: 119]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 119

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh will say, "This is the Day when the truthful will benefit from their truthfulness." For them are gardens [in Paradise] beneath which rivers flow, wherein they will abide forever, Allāh being pleased with them, and they with Him. That is the great attainment.

Transliteration

Ayah 119

Qala Allahu hatha yawmu yanfaAAu alssadiqeena sidquhum lahum jannatun tajree min tahtiha alanharu khalideena feeha abadan radiya Allahu AAanhum waradoo AAanhu thalika alfawzu alAAatheemu

Word-by-word

Ayah 119

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala Will say ق و ل
2 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
3 هَٰذَا hatha This —
4 يَوْمُ yawmu Day ي و م
5 يَنفَعُ yanfaAAu will profit ن ف ع
6 الصَّادِقِينَ alssadiqeena the truthful ص د ق
7 صِدْقُهُمْ sidquhum their truthfulness ص د ق
8 لَهُمْ lahum For them —
9 جَنَّاتٌ jannatun (are) Gardens ج ن ن
10 تَجْرِى tajree flows ج ر ي
11 مِن min from —
12 تَحْتِهَا tahtiha underneath it ت ح ت
13 الْأَنْهَارُ alanharu the rivers ن ه ر
14 خَالِدِينَ khalideena will abide خ ل د
15 فِيهَآ feeha in it —
16 أَبَدًا abadan forever أ ب د
17 رَّضِيَ radiya is pleased ر ض و
18 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
19 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum with them —
20 وَرَضُواْ waradoo and they are pleased ر ض و
21 عَنْهُ AAanhu with Him —
22 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That —
23 الْفَوْزُ alfawzu (is) the success ف و ز
24 الْعَظِيمُ alAAatheemu (the) great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 120

لِلَّهِ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا فِيهِنَّ ۚ وَهُوَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍۢ قَدِيرٌۢ.(120)

To Allāh belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth and whatever is within them. And He is over all things competent. [Al-Maaida: 120]

Back to surah / Surah 005 · Al-Maaida / Ayah 120

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

To Allāh belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth and whatever is within them. And He is over all things competent.

Transliteration

Ayah 120

Lillahi mulku alssamawati waalardi wama feehinna wahuwa AAala kulli shayin qadeerun

Word-by-word

Ayah 120

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لِلّٰهِ Lillahi To Allah (belongs) أ ل ه
2 مُلْكُ mulku the dominion م ل ك
3 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati (of) the heavens س م و
4 وَالْأَرْضِ waalardi and the earth أ ر ض
5 وَمَا wama and what —
6 فِيهِنَّ feehinna (is) in them —
7 وَهُوَ wahuwa And He —
8 عَلَىٰ AAala (is) on —
9 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
10 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
11 قَدِيرٌ qadeerun All-Powerful ق د ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Now Playing Ayah